File:  [ELWIX - Embedded LightWeight unIX -] / embedaddon / readline / doc / readline.html
Revision 1.1.1.2 (vendor branch): download - view: text, annotated - select for diffs - revision graph
Wed Mar 17 01:01:01 2021 UTC (3 years, 3 months ago) by misho
Branches: readline, MAIN
CVS tags: v8_2p0, v8_1p0, HEAD
readline 8.1

    1: <HTML>
    2: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
    3: <!-- Created on October, 30  2020 by texi2html 1.64 -->
    4: <!-- 
    5: Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author)
    6:             Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
    7:             Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
    8:             and many others.
    9: Maintained by: Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
   10: Send bugs and suggestions to <texi2html@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
   11:  
   12: -->
   13: <HEAD>
   14: <TITLE>GNU Readline Library: </TITLE>
   15: 
   16: <META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
   17: <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
   18: <META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
   19: <META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
   20: <META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="texi2html 1.64">
   21: 
   22: </HEAD>
   23: 
   24: <BODY LANG="" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#800080" ALINK="#FF0000">
   25: 
   26: <A NAME="SEC_Top"></A>
   27: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
   28: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
   29: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
   30: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
   31: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
   32: </TR></TABLE>
   33: <H1>GNU Readline Library</H1></P><P>
   34: 
   35: This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
   36: in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which
   37: provide a command line interface.
   38: The Readline home page is <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/">http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/</A>.
   39: </P><P>
   40: 
   41: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
   42: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline User's Manual.</TD></TR>
   43: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.</TD></TR>
   44: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">License for copying this manual.</TD></TR>
   45: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of concepts described in this manual.</TD></TR>
   46: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of externally visible functions
   47: 				   and variables.</TD></TR>
   48: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
   49: <P>
   50: 
   51: <HR SIZE=1>
   52: <A NAME="SEC1"></A>
   53: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
   54: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
   55: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
   56: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
   57: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
   58: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
   59: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
   60: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
   61: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
   62: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
   63: </TR></TABLE>
   64: <A NAME="Command Line Editing"></A>
   65: <H1> 1. Command Line Editing </H1>
   66: <!--docid::SEC1::-->
   67: <P>
   68: 
   69: This chapter describes the basic features of the GNU
   70: command line editing interface.
   71: </P><P>
   72: 
   73: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
   74: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Notation used in this text.</TD></TR>
   75: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The minimum set of commands for editing a line.</TD></TR>
   76: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Customizing Readline from a user's view.</TD></TR>
   77: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A description of most of the Readline commands
   78: 				available for binding</TD></TR>
   79: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A short description of how to make Readline
   80: 				behave like the vi editor.</TD></TR>
   81: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
   82: <P>
   83: 
   84: <A NAME="Introduction and Notation"></A>
   85: <HR SIZE="6">
   86: <A NAME="SEC2"></A>
   87: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
   88: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
   89: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
   90: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
   91: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
   92: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
   93: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
   94: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
   95: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
   96: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
   97: </TR></TABLE>
   98: <H2> 1.1 Introduction to Line Editing </H2>
   99: <!--docid::SEC2::-->
  100: <P>
  101: 
  102: The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
  103: keystrokes.
  104: </P><P>
  105: 
  106: The text <KBD>C-k</KBD> is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
  107: produced when the <KBD>k</KBD> key is pressed while the Control key
  108: is depressed.
  109: </P><P>
  110: 
  111: The text <KBD>M-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
  112: produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the <KBD>k</KBD>
  113: key is pressed.
  114: The Meta key is labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> on many keyboards.
  115: On keyboards with two keys labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> (usually to either side of
  116: the space bar), the <KBD>ALT</KBD> on the left side is generally set to
  117: work as a Meta key.
  118: The <KBD>ALT</KBD> key on the right may also be configured to work as a
  119: Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
  120: Compose key for typing accented characters.
  121: </P><P>
  122: 
  123: If you do not have a Meta or <KBD>ALT</KBD> key, or another key working as
  124: a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
  125: <EM>first</EM>, and then typing <KBD>k</KBD>.
  126: Either process is known as <EM>metafying</EM> the <KBD>k</KBD> key.
  127: </P><P>
  128: 
  129: The text <KBD>M-C-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
  130: character produced by <EM>metafying</EM> <KBD>C-k</KBD>.
  131: </P><P>
  132: 
  133: In addition, several keys have their own names.  Specifically,
  134: <KBD>DEL</KBD>, <KBD>ESC</KBD>, <KBD>LFD</KBD>, <KBD>SPC</KBD>, <KBD>RET</KBD>, and <KBD>TAB</KBD> all
  135: stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file
  136: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
  137: If your keyboard lacks a <KBD>LFD</KBD> key, typing <KBD>C-j</KBD> will
  138: produce the desired character.
  139: The <KBD>RET</KBD> key may be labeled <KBD>Return</KBD> or <KBD>Enter</KBD> on
  140: some keyboards.
  141: </P><P>
  142: 
  143: <A NAME="Readline Interaction"></A>
  144: <HR SIZE="6">
  145: <A NAME="SEC3"></A>
  146: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  147: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  148: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  149: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  150: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
  151: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  152: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  153: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  154: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  155: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  156: </TR></TABLE>
  157: <H2> 1.2 Readline Interaction </H2>
  158: <!--docid::SEC3::-->
  159: <P>
  160: 
  161: Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
  162: only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled.  The
  163: Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
  164: as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
  165: you to retype the majority of the line.  Using these editing commands,
  166: you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
  167: insert the text of the corrections.  Then, when you are satisfied with
  168: the line, you simply press <KBD>RET</KBD>.  You do not have to be at the
  169: end of the line to press <KBD>RET</KBD>; the entire line is accepted
  170: regardless of the location of the cursor within the line.
  171: </P><P>
  172: 
  173: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
  174: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The least you need to know about Readline.</TD></TR>
  175: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the input line.</TD></TR>
  176: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to delete text, and how to get it back!</TD></TR>
  177: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Giving numeric arguments to commands.</TD></TR>
  178: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Searching through previous lines.</TD></TR>
  179: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
  180: <P>
  181: 
  182: <A NAME="Readline Bare Essentials"></A>
  183: <HR SIZE="6">
  184: <A NAME="SEC4"></A>
  185: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  186: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  187: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  188: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  189: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  190: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  191: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  192: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  193: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  194: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  195: </TR></TABLE>
  196: <H3> 1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials </H3>
  197: <!--docid::SEC4::-->
  198: <P>
  199: 
  200: In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them.  The typed
  201: character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
  202: space to the right.  If you mistype a character, you can use your
  203: erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
  204: </P><P>
  205: 
  206: Sometimes you may mistype a character, and
  207: not notice the error until you have typed several other characters.  In
  208: that case, you can type <KBD>C-b</KBD> to move the cursor to the left, and then
  209: correct your mistake.  Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right
  210: with <KBD>C-f</KBD>.
  211: </P><P>
  212: 
  213: When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters
  214: to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text
  215: that you have inserted.  Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor,
  216: characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the
  217: blank space created by the removal of the text.  A list of the bare
  218: essentials for editing the text of an input line follows.
  219: </P><P>
  220: 
  221: <DL COMPACT>
  222: <DT><KBD>C-b</KBD>
  223: <DD>Move back one character.
  224: <DT><KBD>C-f</KBD>
  225: <DD>Move forward one character.
  226: <DT><KBD>DEL</KBD> or <KBD>Backspace</KBD>
  227: <DD>Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
  228: <DT><KBD>C-d</KBD>
  229: <DD>Delete the character underneath the cursor.
  230: <DT>Printing characters
  231: <DD>Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
  232: <DT><KBD>C-_</KBD> or <KBD>C-x C-u</KBD>
  233: <DD>Undo the last editing command.  You can undo all the way back to an
  234: empty line.
  235: </DL>
  236: <P>
  237: 
  238: (Depending on your configuration, the <KBD>Backspace</KBD> key be set to
  239: delete the character to the left of the cursor and the <KBD>DEL</KBD> key set
  240: to delete the character underneath the cursor, like <KBD>C-d</KBD>, rather
  241: than the character to the left of the cursor.)
  242: </P><P>
  243: 
  244: <A NAME="Readline Movement Commands"></A>
  245: <HR SIZE="6">
  246: <A NAME="SEC5"></A>
  247: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  248: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  249: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  250: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  251: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  252: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  253: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  254: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  255: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  256: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  257: </TR></TABLE>
  258: <H3> 1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands </H3>
  259: <!--docid::SEC5::-->
  260: <P>
  261: 
  262: The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need
  263: in order to do editing of the input line.  For your convenience, many
  264: other commands have been added in addition to <KBD>C-b</KBD>, <KBD>C-f</KBD>,
  265: <KBD>C-d</KBD>, and <KBD>DEL</KBD>.  Here are some commands for moving more rapidly
  266: about the line.
  267: </P><P>
  268: 
  269: <DL COMPACT>
  270: <DT><KBD>C-a</KBD>
  271: <DD>Move to the start of the line.
  272: <DT><KBD>C-e</KBD>
  273: <DD>Move to the end of the line.
  274: <DT><KBD>M-f</KBD>
  275: <DD>Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits.
  276: <DT><KBD>M-b</KBD>
  277: <DD>Move backward a word.
  278: <DT><KBD>C-l</KBD>
  279: <DD>Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
  280: </DL>
  281: <P>
  282: 
  283: Notice how <KBD>C-f</KBD> moves forward a character, while <KBD>M-f</KBD> moves
  284: forward a word.  It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
  285: operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
  286: </P><P>
  287: 
  288: <A NAME="Readline Killing Commands"></A>
  289: <HR SIZE="6">
  290: <A NAME="SEC6"></A>
  291: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  292: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  293: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  294: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  295: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  296: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  297: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  298: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  299: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  300: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  301: </TR></TABLE>
  302: <H3> 1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands </H3>
  303: <!--docid::SEC6::-->
  304: <P>
  305: 
  306: <A NAME="IDX1"></A>
  307: <A NAME="IDX2"></A>
  308: </P><P>
  309: 
  310: <EM>Killing</EM> text means to delete the text from the line, but to save
  311: it away for later use, usually by <EM>yanking</EM> (re-inserting)
  312: it back into the line.
  313: (`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.)
  314: </P><P>
  315: 
  316: If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can
  317: be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
  318: place later.
  319: </P><P>
  320: 
  321: When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a <EM>kill-ring</EM>.
  322: Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
  323: that when you yank it back, you get it all.  The kill
  324: ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously
  325: typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing
  326: another line.
  327: <A NAME="IDX3"></A>
  328: </P><P>
  329: 
  330: Here is the list of commands for killing text.
  331: </P><P>
  332: 
  333: <DL COMPACT>
  334: <DT><KBD>C-k</KBD>
  335: <DD>Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line.
  336: <P>
  337: 
  338: <DT><KBD>M-d</KBD>
  339: <DD>Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
  340: words, to the end of the next word.
  341: Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-f</KBD>.
  342: <P>
  343: 
  344: <DT><KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD>
  345: <DD>Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
  346: words, to the start of the previous word.
  347: Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-b</KBD>.
  348: <P>
  349: 
  350: <DT><KBD>C-w</KBD>
  351: <DD>Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace.  This is different than
  352: <KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> because the word boundaries differ.
  353: <P>
  354: 
  355: </DL>
  356: <P>
  357: 
  358: Here is how to <EM>yank</EM> the text back into the line.  Yanking
  359: means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
  360: </P><P>
  361: 
  362: <DL COMPACT>
  363: <DT><KBD>C-y</KBD>
  364: <DD>Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.
  365: <P>
  366: 
  367: <DT><KBD>M-y</KBD>
  368: <DD>Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
  369: the prior command is <KBD>C-y</KBD> or <KBD>M-y</KBD>.
  370: </DL>
  371: <P>
  372: 
  373: <A NAME="Readline Arguments"></A>
  374: <HR SIZE="6">
  375: <A NAME="SEC7"></A>
  376: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  377: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  378: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  379: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  380: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  381: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  382: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  383: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  384: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  385: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  386: </TR></TABLE>
  387: <H3> 1.2.4 Readline Arguments </H3>
  388: <!--docid::SEC7::-->
  389: <P>
  390: 
  391: You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands.  Sometimes the
  392: argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the <I>sign</I> of the
  393: argument that is significant.  If you pass a negative argument to a
  394: command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
  395: act in a backward direction.  For example, to kill text back to the
  396: start of the line, you might type <SAMP>`M-- C-k'</SAMP>.
  397: </P><P>
  398: 
  399: The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta
  400: digits before the command.  If the first `digit' typed is a minus
  401: sign (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>), then the sign of the argument will be negative.  Once
  402: you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type
  403: the remainder of the digits, and then the command.  For example, to give
  404: the <KBD>C-d</KBD> command an argument of 10, you could type <SAMP>`M-1 0 C-d'</SAMP>,
  405: which will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
  406: </P><P>
  407: 
  408: <A NAME="Searching"></A>
  409: <HR SIZE="6">
  410: <A NAME="SEC8"></A>
  411: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  412: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  413: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  414: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  415: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
  416: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  417: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  418: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  419: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  420: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  421: </TR></TABLE>
  422: <H3> 1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History </H3>
  423: <!--docid::SEC8::-->
  424: <P>
  425: 
  426: Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
  427: for lines containing a specified string.
  428: There are two search modes:  <EM>incremental</EM> and <EM>non-incremental</EM>.
  429: </P><P>
  430: 
  431: Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
  432: search string.
  433: As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays
  434: the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
  435: An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
  436: find the desired history entry.
  437: To search backward in the history for a particular string, type
  438: <KBD>C-r</KBD>.  Typing <KBD>C-s</KBD> searches forward through the history.
  439: The characters present in the value of the <CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE> variable
  440: are used to terminate an incremental search.
  441: If that variable has not been assigned a value, the <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
  442: <KBD>C-J</KBD> characters will terminate an incremental search.
  443: <KBD>C-g</KBD> will abort an incremental search and restore the original line.
  444: When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
  445: search string becomes the current line.
  446: </P><P>
  447: 
  448: To find other matching entries in the history list, type <KBD>C-r</KBD> or
  449: <KBD>C-s</KBD> as appropriate.
  450: This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
  451: entry matching the search string typed so far.
  452: Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate
  453: the search and execute that command.
  454: For instance, a <KBD>RET</KBD> will terminate the search and accept
  455: the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
  456: A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found
  457: the current line, and begin editing.
  458: </P><P>
  459: 
  460: Readline remembers the last incremental search string.  If two
  461: <KBD>C-r</KBD>s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
  462: search string, any remembered search string is used.
  463: </P><P>
  464: 
  465: Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
  466: to search for matching history lines.  The search string may be
  467: typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
  468: </P><P>
  469: 
  470: <A NAME="Readline Init File"></A>
  471: <HR SIZE="6">
  472: <A NAME="SEC9"></A>
  473: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  474: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  475: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  476: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  477: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
  478: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  479: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  480: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  481: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  482: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  483: </TR></TABLE>
  484: <H2> 1.3 Readline Init File </H2>
  485: <!--docid::SEC9::-->
  486: <P>
  487: 
  488: Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
  489: keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
  490: of keybindings.
  491: Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting
  492: commands in an <EM>inputrc</EM> file, conventionally in his home directory.
  493: The name of this
  494: file is taken from the value of the environment variable <CODE>INPUTRC</CODE>.  If
  495: that variable is unset, the default is <TT>`~/.inputrc'</TT>.  If that
  496: file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is
  497: <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>.
  498: </P><P>
  499: 
  500: When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the
  501: init file is read, and the key bindings are set.
  502: </P><P>
  503: 
  504: In addition, the <CODE>C-x C-r</CODE> command re-reads this init file, thus
  505: incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
  506: </P><P>
  507: 
  508: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
  509: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
  510: </TABLE>
  511: 
  512: <br>
  513: <TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
  514: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
  515: </TABLE>
  516: 
  517: <br>
  518: <TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
  519: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example inputrc file.</TD></TR>
  520: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
  521: <P>
  522: 
  523: <A NAME="Readline Init File Syntax"></A>
  524: <HR SIZE="6">
  525: <A NAME="SEC10"></A>
  526: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
  527: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
  528: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
  529: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
  530: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
  531: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
  532: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
  533: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
  534: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
  535: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
  536: </TR></TABLE>
  537: <H3> 1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax </H3>
  538: <!--docid::SEC10::-->
  539: <P>
  540: 
  541: There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
  542: Readline init file.  Blank lines are ignored.
  543: Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`#'</SAMP> are comments.
  544: Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`$'</SAMP> indicate conditional
  545: constructs (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>).  Other lines
  546: denote variable settings and key bindings.
  547: </P><P>
  548: 
  549: <DL COMPACT>
  550: <DT>Variable Settings
  551: <DD>You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by
  552: altering the values of variables in Readline
  553: using the <CODE>set</CODE> command within the init file.
  554: The syntax is simple:
  555: <P>
  556: 
  557: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>
  558: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
  559: 
  560: Here, for example, is how to
  561: change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use
  562: <CODE>vi</CODE> line editing commands:
  563: </P><P>
  564: 
  565: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>set editing-mode vi
  566: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
  567: 
  568: Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard
  569: to case.  Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
  570: </P><P>
  571: 
  572: Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if
  573: the value is null or empty, <VAR>on</VAR> (case-insensitive), or 1.  Any other
  574: value results in the variable being set to off.
  575: </P><P>
  576: 
  577: A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
  578: variables.
  579: </P><P>
  580: 
  581: <A NAME="IDX4"></A>
  582: <DL COMPACT>
  583: 
  584: <DT><CODE>bell-style</CODE>
  585: <DD><A NAME="IDX5"></A>
  586: Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
  587: If set to <SAMP>`none'</SAMP>, Readline never rings the bell.  If set to
  588: <SAMP>`visible'</SAMP>, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
  589: If set to <SAMP>`audible'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to ring
  590: the terminal's bell.
  591: <P>
  592: 
  593: <DT><CODE>bind-tty-special-chars</CODE>
  594: <DD><A NAME="IDX6"></A>
  595: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to bind the control
  596: characters   treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their
  597: Readline equivalents.
  598: <P>
  599: 
  600: <DT><CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE>
  601: <DD><A NAME="IDX7"></A>
  602: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline attempts to briefly move the cursor to an
  603: opening parenthesis when a closing parenthesis is inserted.  The default
  604: is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  605: <P>
  606: 
  607: <DT><CODE>colored-completion-prefix</CODE>
  608: <DD><A NAME="IDX8"></A>
  609: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, when listing completions, Readline displays the
  610: common prefix of the set of possible completions using a different color.
  611: The color definitions are taken from the value of the <CODE>LS_COLORS</CODE>
  612: environment variable.
  613: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  614: <P>
  615: 
  616: <DT><CODE>colored-stats</CODE>
  617: <DD><A NAME="IDX9"></A>
  618: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline displays possible completions using different
  619: colors to indicate their file type.
  620: The color definitions are taken from the value of the <CODE>LS_COLORS</CODE>
  621: environment variable.
  622: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  623: <P>
  624: 
  625: <DT><CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
  626: <DD><A NAME="IDX10"></A>
  627: The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
  628: <CODE>insert-comment</CODE> command is executed.  The default value
  629: is <CODE>"#"</CODE>.
  630: <P>
  631: 
  632: <DT><CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>
  633: <DD><A NAME="IDX11"></A>
  634: The number of screen columns used to display possible matches
  635: when performing completion.
  636: The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal
  637: screen width.
  638: A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line.
  639: The default value is -1.
  640: <P>
  641: 
  642: <DT><CODE>completion-ignore-case</CODE>
  643: <DD><A NAME="IDX12"></A>
  644: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline performs filename matching and completion
  645: in a case-insensitive fashion.
  646: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  647: <P>
  648: 
  649: <DT><CODE>completion-map-case</CODE>
  650: <DD><A NAME="IDX13"></A>
  651: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, and <VAR>completion-ignore-case</VAR> is enabled, Readline
  652: treats hyphens (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>) and underscores (<SAMP>`_'</SAMP>) as equivalent when
  653: performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion.
  654: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  655: <P>
  656: 
  657: <DT><CODE>completion-prefix-display-length</CODE>
  658: <DD><A NAME="IDX14"></A>
  659: The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible
  660: completions that is displayed without modification.  When set to a
  661: value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are
  662: replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions.
  663: <P>
  664: 
  665: <DT><CODE>completion-query-items</CODE>
  666: <DD><A NAME="IDX15"></A>
  667: The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
  668: asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
  669: If the number of possible completions is greater than or equal to this value,
  670: Readline will ask whether or not the user wishes to view them;
  671: otherwise, they are simply listed.
  672: This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
  673: A negative value means Readline should never ask.
  674: The default limit is <CODE>100</CODE>.
  675: <P>
  676: 
  677: <DT><CODE>convert-meta</CODE>
  678: <DD><A NAME="IDX16"></A>
  679: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will convert characters with the
  680: eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence by stripping the eighth
  681: bit and prefixing an <KBD>ESC</KBD> character, converting them to a
  682: meta-prefixed key sequence.  The default value is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, but
  683: will be set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> if the locale is one that contains
  684: eight-bit characters.
  685: <P>
  686: 
  687: <DT><CODE>disable-completion</CODE>
  688: <DD><A NAME="IDX17"></A>
  689: If set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will inhibit word completion.
  690: Completion  characters will be inserted into the line as if they had
  691: been mapped to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  692: <P>
  693: 
  694: <DT><CODE>echo-control-characters</CODE>
  695: <DD><A NAME="IDX18"></A>
  696: When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
  697: readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
  698: keyboard.  The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
  699: <P>
  700: 
  701: <DT><CODE>editing-mode</CODE>
  702: <DD><A NAME="IDX19"></A>
  703: The <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable controls which default set of
  704: key bindings is used.  By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
  705: mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs.  This variable can be
  706: set to either <SAMP>`emacs'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`vi'</SAMP>.
  707: <P>
  708: 
  709: <DT><CODE>emacs-mode-string</CODE>
  710: <DD><A NAME="IDX20"></A>
  711: If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled,
  712: this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
  713: prompt when emacs editing mode is active.  The value is expanded like a
  714: key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
  715: backslash escape sequences is available.
  716: Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of
  717: non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
  718: sequence into the mode string.
  719: The default is <SAMP>`@'</SAMP>.
  720: <P>
  721: 
  722: <DT><CODE>enable-bracketed-paste</CODE>
  723: <DD><A NAME="IDX21"></A>
  724: When set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will configure the terminal in a way
  725: that will enable it to insert each paste into the editing buffer as a
  726: single string of characters, instead of treating each character as if
  727: it had been read from the keyboard.  This can prevent pasted characters
  728: from being interpreted as editing commands.  The default is <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>.
  729: <P>
  730: 
  731: <DT><CODE>enable-keypad</CODE>
  732: <DD><A NAME="IDX22"></A>
  733: When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable the application
  734: keypad when it is called.  Some systems need this to enable the
  735: arrow keys.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  736: <P>
  737: 
  738: <DT><CODE>enable-meta-key</CODE>
  739: <DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable any meta modifier
  740: key the terminal claims to support when it is called.  On many terminals,
  741: the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters.
  742: The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
  743: <P>
  744: 
  745: <DT><CODE>expand-tilde</CODE>
  746: <DD><A NAME="IDX23"></A>
  747: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, tilde expansion is performed when Readline
  748: attempts word completion.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  749: <P>
  750: 
  751: <DT><CODE>history-preserve-point</CODE>
  752: <DD><A NAME="IDX24"></A>
  753: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, the history code attempts to place the point (the
  754: current cursor position) at the
  755: same location on each history line retrieved with <CODE>previous-history</CODE>
  756: or <CODE>next-history</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  757: <P>
  758: 
  759: <DT><CODE>history-size</CODE>
  760: <DD><A NAME="IDX25"></A>
  761: Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list.
  762: If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries
  763: are saved.
  764: If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not
  765: limited.
  766: By default, the number of history entries is not limited.
  767: If an attempt is made to set <VAR>history-size</VAR> to a non-numeric value,
  768: the maximum number of history entries will be set to 500.
  769: <P>
  770: 
  771: <DT><CODE>horizontal-scroll-mode</CODE>
  772: <DD><A NAME="IDX26"></A>
  773: This variable can be set to either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.  Setting it
  774: to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll
  775: horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width
  776: of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line.
  777: This variable is automatically set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> for terminals of height 1.
  778: By default, this variable is set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  779: <P>
  780: 
  781: <DT><CODE>input-meta</CODE>
  782: <DD><A NAME="IDX27"></A>
  783: <A NAME="IDX28"></A>
  784: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it
  785: will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
  786: regardless of what the terminal claims it can support.  The
  787: default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, but Readline will set it to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> if the 
  788: locale contains eight-bit characters.
  789: The name <CODE>meta-flag</CODE> is a synonym for this variable.
  790: <P>
  791: 
  792: <DT><CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE>
  793: <DD><A NAME="IDX29"></A>
  794: The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without
  795: subsequently executing the character as a command (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>).
  796: If this variable has not been given a value, the characters <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
  797: <KBD>C-J</KBD> will terminate an incremental search.
  798: <P>
  799: 
  800: <DT><CODE>keymap</CODE>
  801: <DD><A NAME="IDX30"></A>
  802: Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands.
  803: Built-in <CODE>keymap</CODE> names are
  804: <CODE>emacs</CODE>,
  805: <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>,
  806: <CODE>emacs-meta</CODE>,
  807: <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE>,
  808: <CODE>vi</CODE>,
  809: <CODE>vi-move</CODE>,
  810: <CODE>vi-command</CODE>, and
  811: <CODE>vi-insert</CODE>.
  812: <CODE>vi</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>vi-command</CODE> (<CODE>vi-move</CODE> is also a
  813: synonym); <CODE>emacs</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>.
  814: Applications may add additional names.
  815: The default value is <CODE>emacs</CODE>.
  816: The value of the <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable also affects the
  817: default keymap.
  818: <P>
  819: 
  820: <DT><CODE>keyseq-timeout</CODE>
  821: <DD>Specifies the duration Readline will wait for a character when reading an
  822: ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using
  823: the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer
  824: key sequence).
  825: If no input is received within the timeout, Readline will use the shorter
  826: but complete key sequence.
  827: Readline uses this value to determine whether or not input is
  828: available on the current input source (<CODE>rl_instream</CODE> by default).
  829: The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that
  830: Readline will wait one second for additional input.
  831: If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a
  832: non-numeric value, Readline will wait until another key is pressed to
  833: decide which key sequence to complete.
  834: The default value is <CODE>500</CODE>.
  835: <P>
  836: 
  837: <DT><CODE>mark-directories</CODE>
  838: <DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed directory names have a slash
  839: appended.  The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
  840: <P>
  841: 
  842: <DT><CODE>mark-modified-lines</CODE>
  843: <DD><A NAME="IDX31"></A>
  844: This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to display an
  845: asterisk (<SAMP>`*'</SAMP>) at the start of history lines which have been modified.
  846: This variable is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> by default.
  847: <P>
  848: 
  849: <DT><CODE>mark-symlinked-directories</CODE>
  850: <DD><A NAME="IDX32"></A>
  851: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed names which are symbolic links
  852: to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
  853: <CODE>mark-directories</CODE>).
  854: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  855: <P>
  856: 
  857: <DT><CODE>match-hidden-files</CODE>
  858: <DD><A NAME="IDX33"></A>
  859: This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to match files whose
  860: names begin with a <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> (hidden files) when performing filename
  861: completion.
  862: If set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, the leading <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> must be
  863: supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
  864: This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
  865: <P>
  866: 
  867: <DT><CODE>menu-complete-display-prefix</CODE>
  868: <DD><A NAME="IDX34"></A>
  869: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, menu completion displays the common prefix of the
  870: list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through
  871: the list.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  872: <P>
  873: 
  874: <DT><CODE>output-meta</CODE>
  875: <DD><A NAME="IDX35"></A>
  876: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display characters with the
  877: eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
  878: sequence.
  879: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, but Readline will set it to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> if the
  880: locale contains eight-bit characters.
  881: <P>
  882: 
  883: <DT><CODE>page-completions</CODE>
  884: <DD><A NAME="IDX36"></A>
  885: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline uses an internal <CODE>more</CODE>-like pager
  886: to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
  887: This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
  888: <P>
  889: 
  890: <DT><CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE>
  891: <DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display completions with matches
  892: sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
  893: The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  894: <P>
  895: 
  896: <DT><CODE>revert-all-at-newline</CODE>
  897: <DD><A NAME="IDX37"></A>
  898: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will undo all changes to history lines
  899: before returning when <CODE>accept-line</CODE> is executed.  By default,
  900: history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across
  901: calls to <CODE>readline</CODE>.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  902: <P>
  903: 
  904: <DT><CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE>
  905: <DD><A NAME="IDX38"></A>
  906: This alters the default behavior of the completion functions.  If
  907: set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, 
  908: words which have more than one possible completion cause the
  909: matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
  910: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  911: <P>
  912: 
  913: <DT><CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE>
  914: <DD><A NAME="IDX39"></A>
  915: This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
  916: a fashion similar to <VAR>show-all-if-ambiguous</VAR>.
  917: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, 
  918: words which have more than one possible completion without any
  919: possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
  920: a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
  921: of ringing the bell.
  922: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  923: <P>
  924: 
  925: <DT><CODE>show-mode-in-prompt</CODE>
  926: <DD><A NAME="IDX40"></A>
  927: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, add a string to the beginning of the prompt
  928: indicating the editing mode: emacs, vi command, or vi insertion.
  929: The mode strings are user-settable (e.g., <VAR>emacs-mode-string</VAR>).
  930: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  931: <P>
  932: 
  933: <DT><CODE>skip-completed-text</CODE>
  934: <DD><A NAME="IDX41"></A>
  935: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, this alters the default completion behavior when
  936: inserting a single match into the line.  It's only active when
  937: performing completion in the middle of a word.  If enabled, readline
  938: does not insert characters from the completion that match characters
  939: after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word
  940: following the cursor are not duplicated.
  941: For instance, if this is enabled, attempting completion when the cursor
  942: is after the <SAMP>`e'</SAMP> in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP> will result in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP>
  943: rather than <SAMP>`Makefilefile'</SAMP>, assuming there is a single possible
  944: completion.
  945: The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  946: <P>
  947: 
  948: <DT><CODE>vi-cmd-mode-string</CODE>
  949: <DD><A NAME="IDX42"></A>
  950: If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled,
  951: this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
  952: prompt when vi editing mode is active and in command mode.
  953: The value is expanded like a
  954: key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
  955: backslash escape sequences is available.
  956: Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of
  957: non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
  958: sequence into the mode string.
  959: The default is <SAMP>`(cmd)'</SAMP>.
  960: <P>
  961: 
  962: <DT><CODE>vi-ins-mode-string</CODE>
  963: <DD><A NAME="IDX43"></A>
  964: If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled,
  965: this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
  966: prompt when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode.
  967: The value is expanded like a
  968: key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
  969: backslash escape sequences is available.
  970: Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of
  971: non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
  972: sequence into the mode string.
  973: The default is <SAMP>`(ins)'</SAMP>.
  974: <P>
  975: 
  976: <DT><CODE>visible-stats</CODE>
  977: <DD><A NAME="IDX44"></A>
  978: If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, a character denoting a file's type
  979: is appended to the filename when listing possible
  980: completions.  The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
  981: <P>
  982: 
  983: </DL>
  984: <P>
  985: 
  986: <DT>Key Bindings
  987: <DD>The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
  988: simple.  First you need to find the name of the command that you
  989: want to change.  The following sections contain tables of the command
  990: name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what
  991: the command does.
  992: <P>
  993: 
  994: Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line
  995: in the init file the name of the key
  996: you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the
  997: command.
  998: There can be no space between the key name and the colon -- that will be
  999: interpreted as part of the key name.
 1000: The name of the key can be expressed in different ways, depending on
 1001: what you find most comfortable.
 1002: </P><P>
 1003: 
 1004: In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
 1005: to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a <VAR>macro</VAR>).
 1006: </P><P>
 1007: 
 1008: <DL COMPACT>
 1009: <DT><VAR>keyname</VAR>: <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
 1010: <DD><VAR>keyname</VAR> is the name of a key spelled out in English.  For example:
 1011: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>Control-u: universal-argument
 1012: Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
 1013: Control-o: "&#62; output"
 1014: </pre></td></tr></table><P>
 1015: 
 1016: In the example above, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is bound to the function
 1017: <CODE>universal-argument</CODE>,
 1018: <KBD>M-DEL</KBD> is bound to the function <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>, and
 1019: <KBD>C-o</KBD> is bound to run the macro
 1020: expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
 1021: <SAMP>`&#62; output'</SAMP> into the line).
 1022: </P><P>
 1023: 
 1024: A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
 1025: processing this key binding syntax:
 1026: <VAR>DEL</VAR>,
 1027: <VAR>ESC</VAR>,
 1028: <VAR>ESCAPE</VAR>,
 1029: <VAR>LFD</VAR>,
 1030: <VAR>NEWLINE</VAR>,
 1031: <VAR>RET</VAR>,
 1032: <VAR>RETURN</VAR>,
 1033: <VAR>RUBOUT</VAR>,
 1034: <VAR>SPACE</VAR>,
 1035: <VAR>SPC</VAR>,
 1036: and
 1037: <VAR>TAB</VAR>.
 1038: </P><P>
 1039: 
 1040: <DT>"<VAR>keyseq</VAR>": <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
 1041: <DD><VAR>keyseq</VAR> differs from <VAR>keyname</VAR> above in that strings
 1042: denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing
 1043: the key sequence in double quotes.  Some GNU Emacs style key
 1044: escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the
 1045: special character names are not recognized.
 1046: <P>
 1047: 
 1048: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>"\C-u": universal-argument
 1049: "\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
 1050: "\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
 1051: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 1052: 
 1053: In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is again bound to the function
 1054: <CODE>universal-argument</CODE> (just as it was in the first example),
 1055: <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> <KBD>C-r</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to the function <CODE>re-read-init-file</CODE>,
 1056: and <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> <KBD>[</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>~</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to insert
 1057: the text <SAMP>`Function Key 1'</SAMP>.
 1058: </P><P>
 1059: 
 1060: </DL>
 1061: <P>
 1062: 
 1063: The following GNU Emacs style escape sequences are available when
 1064: specifying key sequences:
 1065: </P><P>
 1066: 
 1067: <DL COMPACT>
 1068: <DT><CODE><KBD>\C-</KBD></CODE>
 1069: <DD>control prefix
 1070: <DT><CODE><KBD>\M-</KBD></CODE>
 1071: <DD>meta prefix
 1072: <DT><CODE><KBD>\e</KBD></CODE>
 1073: <DD>an escape character
 1074: <DT><CODE><KBD>\\</KBD></CODE>
 1075: <DD>backslash
 1076: <DT><CODE><KBD>\"</KBD></CODE>
 1077: <DD><KBD>"</KBD>, a double quotation mark
 1078: <DT><CODE><KBD>\'</KBD></CODE>
 1079: <DD><KBD>'</KBD>, a single quote or apostrophe
 1080: </DL>
 1081: <P>
 1082: 
 1083: In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second
 1084: set of backslash escapes is available:
 1085: </P><P>
 1086: 
 1087: <DL COMPACT>
 1088: <DT><CODE>\a</CODE>
 1089: <DD>alert (bell)
 1090: <DT><CODE>\b</CODE>
 1091: <DD>backspace
 1092: <DT><CODE>\d</CODE>
 1093: <DD>delete
 1094: <DT><CODE>\f</CODE>
 1095: <DD>form feed
 1096: <DT><CODE>\n</CODE>
 1097: <DD>newline
 1098: <DT><CODE>\r</CODE>
 1099: <DD>carriage return
 1100: <DT><CODE>\t</CODE>
 1101: <DD>horizontal tab
 1102: <DT><CODE>\v</CODE>
 1103: <DD>vertical tab
 1104: <DT><CODE>\<VAR>nnn</VAR></CODE>
 1105: <DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <VAR>nnn</VAR>
 1106: (one to three digits)
 1107: <DT><CODE>\x<VAR>HH</VAR></CODE>
 1108: <DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <VAR>HH</VAR>
 1109: (one or two hex digits)
 1110: </DL>
 1111: <P>
 1112: 
 1113: When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
 1114: be used to indicate a macro definition.
 1115: Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
 1116: In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
 1117: Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
 1118: including <SAMP>`"'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`''</SAMP>.
 1119: For example, the following binding will make <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> \'</SAMP>
 1120: insert a single <SAMP>`\'</SAMP> into the line:
 1121: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>"\C-x\\": "\\"
 1122: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 1123: 
 1124: </DL>
 1125: <P>
 1126: 
 1127: <A NAME="Conditional Init Constructs"></A>
 1128: <HR SIZE="6">
 1129: <A NAME="SEC11"></A>
 1130: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1131: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1132: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1133: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1134: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1135: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1136: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1137: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1138: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1139: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1140: </TR></TABLE>
 1141: <H3> 1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs </H3>
 1142: <!--docid::SEC11::-->
 1143: <P>
 1144: 
 1145: Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
 1146: compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
 1147: bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
 1148: of tests.  There are four parser directives used.
 1149: </P><P>
 1150: 
 1151: <DL COMPACT>
 1152: <DT><CODE>$if</CODE>
 1153: <DD>The <CODE>$if</CODE> construct allows bindings to be made based on the
 1154: editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
 1155: Readline.  The text of the test, after any comparison operator,
 1156: extends to the end of the line;
 1157: unless otherwise noted, no characters are required to isolate it.
 1158: <P>
 1159: 
 1160: <DL COMPACT>
 1161: <DT><CODE>mode</CODE>
 1162: <DD>The <CODE>mode=</CODE> form of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive is used to test
 1163: whether Readline is in <CODE>emacs</CODE> or <CODE>vi</CODE> mode.
 1164: This may be used in conjunction
 1165: with the <SAMP>`set keymap'</SAMP> command, for instance, to set bindings in
 1166: the <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE> and <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE> keymaps only if
 1167: Readline is starting out in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
 1168: <P>
 1169: 
 1170: <DT><CODE>term</CODE>
 1171: <DD>The <CODE>term=</CODE> form may be used to include terminal-specific
 1172: key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
 1173: terminal's function keys.  The word on the right side of the
 1174: <SAMP>`='</SAMP> is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
 1175: the portion of the terminal name before the first <SAMP>`-'</SAMP>.  This
 1176: allows <CODE>sun</CODE> to match both <CODE>sun</CODE> and <CODE>sun-cmd</CODE>,
 1177: for instance.
 1178: <P>
 1179: 
 1180: <DT><CODE>version</CODE>
 1181: <DD>The <CODE>version</CODE> test may be used to perform comparisons against
 1182: specific Readline versions.
 1183: The <CODE>version</CODE> expands to the current Readline version.
 1184: The set of comparison operators includes
 1185: <SAMP>`='</SAMP> (and <SAMP>`=='</SAMP>), <SAMP>`!='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`&#60;='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`&#62;='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`&#60;'</SAMP>,
 1186: and <SAMP>`&#62;'</SAMP>.
 1187: The version number supplied on the right side of the operator consists
 1188: of a major version number, an optional decimal point, and an optional
 1189: minor version (e.g., <SAMP>`7.1'</SAMP>). If the minor version is omitted, it
 1190: is assumed to be <SAMP>`0'</SAMP>.
 1191: The operator may be separated from the string <CODE>version</CODE> and
 1192: from the version number argument by whitespace.
 1193: The following example sets a variable if the Readline version being used
 1194: is 7.0 or newer:
 1195: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$if version &#62;= 7.0
 1196: set show-mode-in-prompt on
 1197: $endif
 1198: </pre></td></tr></table><P>
 1199: 
 1200: <DT><CODE>application</CODE>
 1201: <DD>The <VAR>application</VAR> construct is used to include
 1202: application-specific settings.  Each program using the Readline
 1203: library sets the <VAR>application name</VAR>, and you can test for
 1204: a particular value. 
 1205: This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
 1206: a specific program.  For instance, the following command adds a
 1207: key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
 1208: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$if Bash
 1209: # Quote the current or previous word
 1210: "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
 1211: $endif
 1212: </pre></td></tr></table><P>
 1213: 
 1214: <DT><CODE>variable</CODE>
 1215: <DD>The <VAR>variable</VAR> construct provides simple equality tests for Readline
 1216: variables and values.
 1217: The permitted comparison operators are <SAMP>`='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`=='</SAMP>, and <SAMP>`!='</SAMP>.
 1218: The variable name must be separated from the comparison operator by
 1219: whitespace; the operator may be separated from the value on the right hand
 1220: side by whitespace.
 1221: Both string and boolean variables may be tested. Boolean variables must be
 1222: tested against the values <VAR>on</VAR> and <VAR>off</VAR>.
 1223: The following example is equivalent to the <CODE>mode=emacs</CODE> test described
 1224: above:
 1225: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$if editing-mode == emacs
 1226: set show-mode-in-prompt on
 1227: $endif
 1228: </pre></td></tr></table></DL>
 1229: <P>
 1230: 
 1231: <DT><CODE>$endif</CODE>
 1232: <DD>This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
 1233: <CODE>$if</CODE> command.
 1234: <P>
 1235: 
 1236: <DT><CODE>$else</CODE>
 1237: <DD>Commands in this branch of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive are executed if
 1238: the test fails.
 1239: <P>
 1240: 
 1241: <DT><CODE>$include</CODE>
 1242: <DD>This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
 1243: and bindings from that file.
 1244: For example, the following directive reads from <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>:
 1245: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>$include /etc/inputrc
 1246: </pre></td></tr></table></DL>
 1247: <P>
 1248: 
 1249: <A NAME="Sample Init File"></A>
 1250: <HR SIZE="6">
 1251: <A NAME="SEC12"></A>
 1252: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1253: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1254: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1255: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1256: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1257: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1258: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1259: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1260: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1261: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1262: </TR></TABLE>
 1263: <H3> 1.3.3 Sample Init File </H3>
 1264: <!--docid::SEC12::-->
 1265: <P>
 1266: 
 1267: Here is an example of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This illustrates key
 1268: binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
 1269: </P><P>
 1270: 
 1271: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre># This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
 1272: # programs that use the GNU Readline library.  Existing
 1273: # programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
 1274: #
 1275: # You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
 1276: # Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
 1277: #
 1278: # First, include any system-wide bindings and variable
 1279: # assignments from /etc/Inputrc
 1280: $include /etc/Inputrc
 1281: 
 1282: #
 1283: # Set various bindings for emacs mode.
 1284: 
 1285: set editing-mode emacs 
 1286: 
 1287: $if mode=emacs
 1288: 
 1289: Meta-Control-h:	backward-kill-word	Text after the function name is ignored
 1290: 
 1291: #
 1292: # Arrow keys in keypad mode
 1293: #
 1294: #"\M-OD":        backward-char
 1295: #"\M-OC":        forward-char
 1296: #"\M-OA":        previous-history
 1297: #"\M-OB":        next-history
 1298: #
 1299: # Arrow keys in ANSI mode
 1300: #
 1301: "\M-[D":        backward-char
 1302: "\M-[C":        forward-char
 1303: "\M-[A":        previous-history
 1304: "\M-[B":        next-history
 1305: #
 1306: # Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
 1307: #
 1308: #"\M-\C-OD":       backward-char
 1309: #"\M-\C-OC":       forward-char
 1310: #"\M-\C-OA":       previous-history
 1311: #"\M-\C-OB":       next-history
 1312: #
 1313: # Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
 1314: #
 1315: #"\M-\C-[D":       backward-char
 1316: #"\M-\C-[C":       forward-char
 1317: #"\M-\C-[A":       previous-history
 1318: #"\M-\C-[B":       next-history
 1319: 
 1320: C-q: quoted-insert
 1321: 
 1322: $endif
 1323: 
 1324: # An old-style binding.  This happens to be the default.
 1325: TAB: complete
 1326: 
 1327: # Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
 1328: $if Bash
 1329: # edit the path
 1330: "\C-xp": "PATH=${PATH}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
 1331: # prepare to type a quoted word --
 1332: # insert open and close double quotes
 1333: # and move to just after the open quote
 1334: "\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
 1335: # insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
 1336: # in sequences and macros)
 1337: "\C-x\\": "\\"
 1338: # Quote the current or previous word
 1339: "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
 1340: # Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
 1341: "\C-xr": redraw-current-line
 1342: # Edit variable on current line.
 1343: "\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
 1344: $endif
 1345: 
 1346: # use a visible bell if one is available
 1347: set bell-style visible
 1348: 
 1349: # don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
 1350: set input-meta on
 1351: 
 1352: # allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
 1353: # than converted to prefix-meta sequences
 1354: set convert-meta off
 1355: 
 1356: # display characters with the eighth bit set directly
 1357: # rather than as meta-prefixed characters
 1358: set output-meta on
 1359: 
 1360: # if there are 150 or more possible completions for a word,
 1361: # ask whether or not the user wants to see all of them
 1362: set completion-query-items 150
 1363: 
 1364: # For FTP
 1365: $if Ftp
 1366: "\C-xg": "get \M-?"
 1367: "\C-xt": "put \M-?"
 1368: "\M-.": yank-last-arg
 1369: $endif
 1370: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 1371: 
 1372: <A NAME="Bindable Readline Commands"></A>
 1373: <HR SIZE="6">
 1374: <A NAME="SEC13"></A>
 1375: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1376: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1377: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1378: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1379: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1380: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1381: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1382: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1383: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1384: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1385: </TR></TABLE>
 1386: <H2> 1.4 Bindable Readline Commands </H2>
 1387: <!--docid::SEC13::-->
 1388: <P>
 1389: 
 1390: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 1391: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the line.</TD></TR>
 1392: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting at previous lines.</TD></TR>
 1393: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for changing text.</TD></TR>
 1394: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for killing and yanking.</TD></TR>
 1395: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.</TD></TR>
 1396: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting Readline to do the typing for you.</TD></TR>
 1397: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Saving and re-executing typed characters</TD></TR>
 1398: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Other miscellaneous commands.</TD></TR>
 1399: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 1400: <P>
 1401: 
 1402: This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
 1403: sequences.
 1404: Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
 1405: </P><P>
 1406: 
 1407: In the following descriptions, <EM>point</EM> refers to the current cursor
 1408: position, and <EM>mark</EM> refers to a cursor position saved by the
 1409: <CODE>set-mark</CODE> command.
 1410: The text between the point and mark is referred to as the <EM>region</EM>.
 1411: </P><P>
 1412: 
 1413: <A NAME="Commands For Moving"></A>
 1414: <HR SIZE="6">
 1415: <A NAME="SEC14"></A>
 1416: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1417: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1418: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1419: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1420: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1421: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1422: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1423: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1424: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1425: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1426: </TR></TABLE>
 1427: <H3> 1.4.1 Commands For Moving </H3>
 1428: <!--docid::SEC14::-->
 1429: <DL COMPACT>
 1430: <A NAME="IDX45"></A>
 1431: <DT><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE>
 1432: <DD><A NAME="IDX46"></A>
 1433: Move to the start of the current line.
 1434: <P>
 1435: 
 1436: <A NAME="IDX47"></A>
 1437: <DT><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE>
 1438: <DD><A NAME="IDX48"></A>
 1439: Move to the end of the line.
 1440: <P>
 1441: 
 1442: <A NAME="IDX49"></A>
 1443: <DT><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE>
 1444: <DD><A NAME="IDX50"></A>
 1445: Move forward a character.
 1446: <P>
 1447: 
 1448: <A NAME="IDX51"></A>
 1449: <DT><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE>
 1450: <DD><A NAME="IDX52"></A>
 1451: Move back a character.
 1452: <P>
 1453: 
 1454: <A NAME="IDX53"></A>
 1455: <DT><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE>
 1456: <DD><A NAME="IDX54"></A>
 1457: Move forward to the end of the next word.
 1458: Words are composed of letters and digits.
 1459: <P>
 1460: 
 1461: <A NAME="IDX55"></A>
 1462: <DT><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE>
 1463: <DD><A NAME="IDX56"></A>
 1464: Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
 1465: Words are composed of letters and digits.
 1466: <P>
 1467: 
 1468: <A NAME="IDX57"></A>
 1469: <DT><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE>
 1470: <DD><A NAME="IDX58"></A>
 1471: Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the previous
 1472: physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current
 1473: Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if point is not
 1474: greater than the length of the prompt plus the screen width.
 1475: <P>
 1476: 
 1477: <A NAME="IDX59"></A>
 1478: <DT><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE>
 1479: <DD><A NAME="IDX60"></A>
 1480: Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the next
 1481: physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current
 1482: Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if the length
 1483: of the current Readline line is not greater than the length of the prompt
 1484: plus the screen width.
 1485: <P>
 1486: 
 1487: <A NAME="IDX61"></A>
 1488: <DT><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE>
 1489: <DD><A NAME="IDX62"></A>
 1490: Clear the screen and, if possible, the terminal's scrollback buffer,
 1491: then redraw the current line,
 1492: leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
 1493: <P>
 1494: 
 1495: <A NAME="IDX63"></A>
 1496: <DT><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE>
 1497: <DD><A NAME="IDX64"></A>
 1498: Clear the screen,
 1499: then redraw the current line,
 1500: leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
 1501: <P>
 1502: 
 1503: <A NAME="IDX65"></A>
 1504: <DT><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE>
 1505: <DD><A NAME="IDX66"></A>
 1506: Refresh the current line.  By default, this is unbound.
 1507: <P>
 1508: 
 1509: </DL>
 1510: <P>
 1511: 
 1512: <A NAME="Commands For History"></A>
 1513: <HR SIZE="6">
 1514: <A NAME="SEC15"></A>
 1515: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1516: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1517: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1518: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1519: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1520: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1521: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1522: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1523: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1524: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1525: </TR></TABLE>
 1526: <H3> 1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History </H3>
 1527: <!--docid::SEC15::-->
 1528: <P>
 1529: 
 1530: <DL COMPACT>
 1531: <A NAME="IDX67"></A>
 1532: <DT><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE>
 1533: <DD><A NAME="IDX68"></A>
 1534: Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
 1535: If this line is
 1536: non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with
 1537: <CODE>add_history()</CODE>.
 1538: If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored
 1539: to its original state.
 1540: <P>
 1541: 
 1542: <A NAME="IDX69"></A>
 1543: <DT><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE>
 1544: <DD><A NAME="IDX70"></A>
 1545: Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command.
 1546: <P>
 1547: 
 1548: <A NAME="IDX71"></A>
 1549: <DT><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE>
 1550: <DD><A NAME="IDX72"></A>
 1551: Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
 1552: <P>
 1553: 
 1554: <A NAME="IDX73"></A>
 1555: <DT><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#60;)</CODE>
 1556: <DD><A NAME="IDX74"></A>
 1557: Move to the first line in the history.
 1558: <P>
 1559: 
 1560: <A NAME="IDX75"></A>
 1561: <DT><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#62;)</CODE>
 1562: <DD><A NAME="IDX76"></A>
 1563: Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
 1564: being entered.
 1565: <P>
 1566: 
 1567: <A NAME="IDX77"></A>
 1568: <DT><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE>
 1569: <DD><A NAME="IDX78"></A>
 1570: Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
 1571: the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
 1572: This command sets the region to the matched text and activates the mark.
 1573: <P>
 1574: 
 1575: <A NAME="IDX79"></A>
 1576: <DT><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE>
 1577: <DD><A NAME="IDX80"></A>
 1578: Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
 1579: the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
 1580: This command sets the region to the matched text and activates the mark.
 1581: <P>
 1582: 
 1583: <A NAME="IDX81"></A>
 1584: <DT><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE>
 1585: <DD><A NAME="IDX82"></A>
 1586: Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
 1587: through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
 1588: for a string supplied by the user.
 1589: The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
 1590: <P>
 1591: 
 1592: <A NAME="IDX83"></A>
 1593: <DT><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE>
 1594: <DD><A NAME="IDX84"></A>
 1595: Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
 1596: through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
 1597: for a string supplied by the user.
 1598: The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
 1599: <P>
 1600: 
 1601: <A NAME="IDX85"></A>
 1602: <DT><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE>
 1603: <DD><A NAME="IDX86"></A>
 1604: Search forward through the history for the string of characters
 1605: between the start of the current line and the point.
 1606: The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
 1607: This is a non-incremental search.
 1608: By default, this command is unbound.
 1609: <P>
 1610: 
 1611: <A NAME="IDX87"></A>
 1612: <DT><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE>
 1613: <DD><A NAME="IDX88"></A>
 1614: Search backward through the history for the string of characters
 1615: between the start of the current line and the point.
 1616: The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
 1617: This is a non-incremental search.
 1618: By default, this command is unbound.
 1619: <P>
 1620: 
 1621: <A NAME="IDX89"></A>
 1622: <DT><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE>
 1623: <DD><A NAME="IDX90"></A>
 1624: Search forward through the history for the string of characters
 1625: between the start of the current line and the point.
 1626: The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
 1627: This is a non-incremental search.
 1628: By default, this command is unbound.
 1629: <P>
 1630: 
 1631: <A NAME="IDX91"></A>
 1632: <DT><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE>
 1633: <DD><A NAME="IDX92"></A>
 1634: Search backward through the history for the string of characters
 1635: between the start of the current line and the point.
 1636: The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
 1637: This is a non-incremental search.
 1638: By default, this command is unbound.
 1639: <P>
 1640: 
 1641: <A NAME="IDX93"></A>
 1642: <DT><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE>
 1643: <DD><A NAME="IDX94"></A>
 1644: Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
 1645: the second word on the previous line) at point.
 1646: With an argument <VAR>n</VAR>,
 1647: insert the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the previous command (the words
 1648: in the previous command begin with word 0).  A negative argument
 1649: inserts the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the end of the previous command.
 1650: Once the argument <VAR>n</VAR> is computed, the argument is extracted
 1651: as if the <SAMP>`!<VAR>n</VAR>'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
 1652: <P>
 1653: 
 1654: <A NAME="IDX95"></A>
 1655: <DT><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE>
 1656: <DD><A NAME="IDX96"></A>
 1657: Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
 1658: previous history entry).
 1659: With a numeric argument, behave exactly like <CODE>yank-nth-arg</CODE>.
 1660: Successive calls to <CODE>yank-last-arg</CODE> move back through the history
 1661: list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to
 1662: the first call) of each line in turn.
 1663: Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines
 1664: the direction to move through the history.  A negative argument switches
 1665: the direction through the history (back or forward).
 1666: The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
 1667: as if the <SAMP>`!$'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
 1668: <P>
 1669: 
 1670: <A NAME="IDX97"></A>
 1671: <DT><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE>
 1672: <DD><A NAME="IDX98"></A>
 1673: Accept the current line for return to the calling application as if a
 1674: newline had been entered,
 1675: and fetch the next line relative to the current line from the history
 1676: for editing.
 1677: A numeric argument, if supplied, specifies the history entry to use instead
 1678: of the current line.
 1679: <P>
 1680: 
 1681: </DL>
 1682: <P>
 1683: 
 1684: <A NAME="Commands For Text"></A>
 1685: <HR SIZE="6">
 1686: <A NAME="SEC16"></A>
 1687: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1688: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1689: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1690: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1691: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1692: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1693: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1694: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1695: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1696: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1697: </TR></TABLE>
 1698: <H3> 1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text </H3>
 1699: <!--docid::SEC16::-->
 1700: <P>
 1701: 
 1702: <DL COMPACT>
 1703: 
 1704: <A NAME="IDX99"></A>
 1705: <DT><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE>
 1706: <DD><A NAME="IDX100"></A>
 1707: The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by
 1708: <CODE>stty</CODE>.  If this character is read when there are no characters
 1709: on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline
 1710: interprets it as the end of input and returns EOF.
 1711: <P>
 1712: 
 1713: <A NAME="IDX101"></A>
 1714: <DT><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE>
 1715: <DD><A NAME="IDX102"></A>
 1716: Delete the character at point.  If this function is bound to the
 1717: same character as the tty EOF character, as <KBD>C-d</KBD>
 1718: commonly is, see above for the effects.
 1719: <P>
 1720: 
 1721: <A NAME="IDX103"></A>
 1722: <DT><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE>
 1723: <DD><A NAME="IDX104"></A>
 1724: Delete the character behind the cursor.  A numeric argument means
 1725: to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
 1726: <P>
 1727: 
 1728: <A NAME="IDX105"></A>
 1729: <DT><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE>
 1730: <DD><A NAME="IDX106"></A>
 1731: Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
 1732: end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
 1733: deleted.  By default, this is not bound to a key.
 1734: <P>
 1735: 
 1736: <A NAME="IDX107"></A>
 1737: <DT><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE>
 1738: <DD><A NAME="IDX108"></A>
 1739: Add the next character typed to the line verbatim.  This is
 1740: how to insert key sequences like <KBD>C-q</KBD>, for example.
 1741: <P>
 1742: 
 1743: <A NAME="IDX109"></A>
 1744: <DT><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
 1745: <DD><A NAME="IDX110"></A>
 1746: Insert a tab character.
 1747: <P>
 1748: 
 1749: <A NAME="IDX111"></A>
 1750: <DT><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
 1751: <DD><A NAME="IDX112"></A>
 1752: Insert yourself.
 1753: <P>
 1754: 
 1755: <A NAME="IDX113"></A>
 1756: <DT><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE>
 1757: <DD><A NAME="IDX114"></A>
 1758: This function is intended to be bound to the "bracketed paste" escape
 1759: sequence sent by some terminals, and such a binding is assigned by default.
 1760: It allows Readline to insert the pasted text as a single unit without treating
 1761: each character as if it had been read from the keyboard.  The characters
 1762: are inserted as if each one was bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> instead of
 1763: executing any editing commands.
 1764: <P>
 1765: 
 1766: Bracketed paste sets the region (the characters between point and the mark)
 1767: to the inserted text. It uses the concept of an <EM>active mark</EM>: when the
 1768: mark is active, Readline redisplay uses the terminal's standout mode to
 1769: denote the region.
 1770: </P><P>
 1771: 
 1772: <A NAME="IDX115"></A>
 1773: <DT><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE>
 1774: <DD><A NAME="IDX116"></A>
 1775: Drag the character before the cursor forward over
 1776: the character at the cursor, moving the
 1777: cursor forward as well.  If the insertion point
 1778: is at the end of the line, then this
 1779: transposes the last two characters of the line.
 1780: Negative arguments have no effect.
 1781: <P>
 1782: 
 1783: <A NAME="IDX117"></A>
 1784: <DT><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE>
 1785: <DD><A NAME="IDX118"></A>
 1786: Drag the word before point past the word after point,
 1787: moving point past that word as well.
 1788: If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
 1789: the last two words on the line.
 1790: <P>
 1791: 
 1792: <A NAME="IDX119"></A>
 1793: <DT><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE>
 1794: <DD><A NAME="IDX120"></A>
 1795: Uppercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
 1796: uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
 1797: <P>
 1798: 
 1799: <A NAME="IDX121"></A>
 1800: <DT><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE>
 1801: <DD><A NAME="IDX122"></A>
 1802: Lowercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
 1803: lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
 1804: <P>
 1805: 
 1806: <A NAME="IDX123"></A>
 1807: <DT><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE>
 1808: <DD><A NAME="IDX124"></A>
 1809: Capitalize the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
 1810: capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
 1811: <P>
 1812: 
 1813: <A NAME="IDX125"></A>
 1814: <DT><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE>
 1815: <DD><A NAME="IDX126"></A>
 1816: Toggle overwrite mode.  With an explicit positive numeric argument,
 1817: switches to overwrite mode.  With an explicit non-positive numeric
 1818: argument, switches to insert mode.  This command affects only
 1819: <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode; <CODE>vi</CODE> mode does overwrite differently.
 1820: Each call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> starts in insert mode.
 1821: <P>
 1822: 
 1823: In overwrite mode, characters bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> replace
 1824: the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
 1825: Characters bound to <CODE>backward-delete-char</CODE> replace the character
 1826: before point with a space.
 1827: </P><P>
 1828: 
 1829: By default, this command is unbound.
 1830: </P><P>
 1831: 
 1832: </DL>
 1833: <P>
 1834: 
 1835: <A NAME="Commands For Killing"></A>
 1836: <HR SIZE="6">
 1837: <A NAME="SEC17"></A>
 1838: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1839: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1840: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1841: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1842: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1843: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1844: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1845: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1846: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1847: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1848: </TR></TABLE>
 1849: <H3> 1.4.4 Killing And Yanking </H3>
 1850: <!--docid::SEC17::-->
 1851: <P>
 1852: 
 1853: <DL COMPACT>
 1854: 
 1855: <A NAME="IDX127"></A>
 1856: <DT><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE>
 1857: <DD><A NAME="IDX128"></A>
 1858: Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
 1859: With a negative numeric argument, kill backward from the cursor to the
 1860: beginning of the current line.
 1861: <P>
 1862: 
 1863: <A NAME="IDX129"></A>
 1864: <DT><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE>
 1865: <DD><A NAME="IDX130"></A>
 1866: Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
 1867: With a negative numeric argument, kill forward from the cursor to the
 1868: end of the current line.
 1869: <P>
 1870: 
 1871: <A NAME="IDX131"></A>
 1872: <DT><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE>
 1873: <DD><A NAME="IDX132"></A>
 1874: Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
 1875: <P>
 1876: 
 1877: <A NAME="IDX133"></A>
 1878: <DT><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE>
 1879: <DD><A NAME="IDX134"></A>
 1880: Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
 1881: By default, this is unbound.
 1882: <P>
 1883: 
 1884: <A NAME="IDX135"></A>
 1885: <DT><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE>
 1886: <DD><A NAME="IDX136"></A>
 1887: Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
 1888: words, to the end of the next word.
 1889: Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
 1890: <P>
 1891: 
 1892: <A NAME="IDX137"></A>
 1893: <DT><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE>
 1894: <DD><A NAME="IDX138"></A>
 1895: Kill the word behind point.
 1896: Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
 1897: <P>
 1898: 
 1899: <A NAME="IDX139"></A>
 1900: <DT><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE>
 1901: <DD><A NAME="IDX140"></A>
 1902: Drag the word before point past the word after point,
 1903: moving point past that word as well.
 1904: If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
 1905: the last two words on the line.
 1906: Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>shell-forward-word</CODE> and
 1907: <CODE>shell-backward-word</CODE>.
 1908: <P>
 1909: 
 1910: <A NAME="IDX141"></A>
 1911: <DT><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE>
 1912: <DD><A NAME="IDX142"></A>
 1913: Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
 1914: The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
 1915: <P>
 1916: 
 1917: <A NAME="IDX143"></A>
 1918: <DT><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE>
 1919: <DD><A NAME="IDX144"></A>
 1920: Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
 1921: as the word boundaries.
 1922: The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
 1923: <P>
 1924: 
 1925: <A NAME="IDX145"></A>
 1926: <DT><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE>
 1927: <DD><A NAME="IDX146"></A>
 1928: Delete all spaces and tabs around point.  By default, this is unbound.
 1929: <P>
 1930: 
 1931: <A NAME="IDX147"></A>
 1932: <DT><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE>
 1933: <DD><A NAME="IDX148"></A>
 1934: Kill the text in the current region.
 1935: By default, this command is unbound.
 1936: <P>
 1937: 
 1938: <A NAME="IDX149"></A>
 1939: <DT><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE>
 1940: <DD><A NAME="IDX150"></A>
 1941: Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
 1942: right away.  By default, this command is unbound.
 1943: <P>
 1944: 
 1945: <A NAME="IDX151"></A>
 1946: <DT><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE>
 1947: <DD><A NAME="IDX152"></A>
 1948: Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
 1949: The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
 1950: By default, this command is unbound.
 1951: <P>
 1952: 
 1953: <A NAME="IDX153"></A>
 1954: <DT><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE>
 1955: <DD><A NAME="IDX154"></A>
 1956: Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
 1957: The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
 1958: By default, this command is unbound.
 1959: <P>
 1960: 
 1961: <A NAME="IDX155"></A>
 1962: <DT><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE>
 1963: <DD><A NAME="IDX156"></A>
 1964: Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
 1965: <P>
 1966: 
 1967: <A NAME="IDX157"></A>
 1968: <DT><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE>
 1969: <DD><A NAME="IDX158"></A>
 1970: Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
 1971: the prior command is <CODE>yank</CODE> or <CODE>yank-pop</CODE>.
 1972: </DL>
 1973: <P>
 1974: 
 1975: <A NAME="Numeric Arguments"></A>
 1976: <HR SIZE="6">
 1977: <A NAME="SEC18"></A>
 1978: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 1979: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 1980: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 1981: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 1982: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 1983: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 1984: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 1985: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 1986: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 1987: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 1988: </TR></TABLE>
 1989: <H3> 1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments </H3>
 1990: <!--docid::SEC18::-->
 1991: <DL COMPACT>
 1992: 
 1993: <A NAME="IDX159"></A>
 1994: <DT><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE>
 1995: <DD><A NAME="IDX160"></A>
 1996: Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
 1997: argument.  <KBD>M--</KBD> starts a negative argument.
 1998: <P>
 1999: 
 2000: <A NAME="IDX161"></A>
 2001: <DT><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE>
 2002: <DD><A NAME="IDX162"></A>
 2003: This is another way to specify an argument.
 2004: If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
 2005: leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
 2006: If the command is followed by digits, executing <CODE>universal-argument</CODE>
 2007: again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
 2008: As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
 2009: character that is neither a digit nor minus sign, the argument count
 2010: for the next command is multiplied by four.
 2011: The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
 2012: first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
 2013: argument count sixteen, and so on.
 2014: By default, this is not bound to a key.
 2015: </DL>
 2016: <P>
 2017: 
 2018: <A NAME="Commands For Completion"></A>
 2019: <HR SIZE="6">
 2020: <A NAME="SEC19"></A>
 2021: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2022: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2023: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2024: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2025: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2026: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2027: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2028: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2029: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2030: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2031: </TR></TABLE>
 2032: <H3> 1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You </H3>
 2033: <!--docid::SEC19::-->
 2034: <P>
 2035: 
 2036: <DL COMPACT>
 2037: <A NAME="IDX163"></A>
 2038: <DT><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
 2039: <DD><A NAME="IDX164"></A>
 2040: Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
 2041: The actual completion performed is application-specific.
 2042: The default is filename completion.
 2043: <P>
 2044: 
 2045: <A NAME="IDX165"></A>
 2046: <DT><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE>
 2047: <DD><A NAME="IDX166"></A>
 2048: List the possible completions of the text before point.
 2049: When displaying completions, Readline sets the number of columns used
 2050: for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
 2051: the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
 2052: <P>
 2053: 
 2054: <A NAME="IDX167"></A>
 2055: <DT><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE>
 2056: <DD><A NAME="IDX168"></A>
 2057: Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
 2058: been generated by <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
 2059: <P>
 2060: 
 2061: <A NAME="IDX169"></A>
 2062: <DT><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE>
 2063: <DD><A NAME="IDX170"></A>
 2064: Similar to <CODE>complete</CODE>, but replaces the word to be completed
 2065: with a single match from the list of possible completions.
 2066: Repeated execution of <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> steps through the list
 2067: of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
 2068: At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
 2069: (subject to the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>)
 2070: and the original text is restored.
 2071: An argument of <VAR>n</VAR> moves <VAR>n</VAR> positions forward in the list
 2072: of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
 2073: through the list.
 2074: This command is intended to be bound to <KBD>TAB</KBD>, but is unbound
 2075: by default.
 2076: <P>
 2077: 
 2078: <A NAME="IDX171"></A>
 2079: <DT><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE>
 2080: <DD><A NAME="IDX172"></A>
 2081: Identical to <CODE>menu-complete</CODE>, but moves backward through the list
 2082: of possible completions, as if <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> had been given a
 2083: negative argument.
 2084: <P>
 2085: 
 2086: <A NAME="IDX173"></A>
 2087: <DT><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE>
 2088: <DD><A NAME="IDX174"></A>
 2089: Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
 2090: end of the line (like <CODE>delete-char</CODE>).
 2091: If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
 2092: <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
 2093: This command is unbound by default.
 2094: <P>
 2095: 
 2096: </DL>
 2097: <P>
 2098: 
 2099: <A NAME="Keyboard Macros"></A>
 2100: <HR SIZE="6">
 2101: <A NAME="SEC20"></A>
 2102: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2103: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2104: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2105: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2106: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2107: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2108: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2109: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2110: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2111: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2112: </TR></TABLE>
 2113: <H3> 1.4.7 Keyboard Macros </H3>
 2114: <!--docid::SEC20::-->
 2115: <DL COMPACT>
 2116: 
 2117: <A NAME="IDX175"></A>
 2118: <DT><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE>
 2119: <DD><A NAME="IDX176"></A>
 2120: Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
 2121: <P>
 2122: 
 2123: <A NAME="IDX177"></A>
 2124: <DT><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE>
 2125: <DD><A NAME="IDX178"></A>
 2126: Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
 2127: and save the definition.
 2128: <P>
 2129: 
 2130: <A NAME="IDX179"></A>
 2131: <DT><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE>
 2132: <DD><A NAME="IDX180"></A>
 2133: Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
 2134: in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
 2135: <P>
 2136: 
 2137: <A NAME="IDX181"></A>
 2138: <DT><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE>
 2139: <DD><A NAME="IDX182"></A>
 2140: Print the last keboard macro defined in a format suitable for the
 2141: <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.
 2142: <P>
 2143: 
 2144: </DL>
 2145: <P>
 2146: 
 2147: <A NAME="Miscellaneous Commands"></A>
 2148: <HR SIZE="6">
 2149: <A NAME="SEC21"></A>
 2150: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2151: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2152: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2153: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2154: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2155: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2156: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2157: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2158: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2159: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2160: </TR></TABLE>
 2161: <H3> 1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands </H3>
 2162: <!--docid::SEC21::-->
 2163: <DL COMPACT>
 2164: 
 2165: <A NAME="IDX183"></A>
 2166: <DT><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE>
 2167: <DD><A NAME="IDX184"></A>
 2168: Read in the contents of the <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file, and incorporate
 2169: any bindings or variable assignments found there.
 2170: <P>
 2171: 
 2172: <A NAME="IDX185"></A>
 2173: <DT><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE>
 2174: <DD><A NAME="IDX186"></A>
 2175: Abort the current editing command and
 2176: ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
 2177: <CODE>bell-style</CODE>).
 2178: <P>
 2179: 
 2180: <A NAME="IDX187"></A>
 2181: <DT><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
 2182: <DD><A NAME="IDX188"></A>
 2183: If the metafied character <VAR>x</VAR> is upper case, run the command
 2184: that is bound to the corresponding metafied lower case character.
 2185: The behavior is undefined if <VAR>x</VAR> is already lower case.
 2186: <P>
 2187: 
 2188: <A NAME="IDX189"></A>
 2189: <DT><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE>
 2190: <DD><A NAME="IDX190"></A>
 2191: Metafy the next character typed.  This is for keyboards
 2192: without a meta key.  Typing <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> f'</SAMP> is equivalent to typing
 2193: <KBD>M-f</KBD>.
 2194: <P>
 2195: 
 2196: <A NAME="IDX191"></A>
 2197: <DT><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE>
 2198: <DD><A NAME="IDX192"></A>
 2199: Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
 2200: <P>
 2201: 
 2202: <A NAME="IDX193"></A>
 2203: <DT><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE>
 2204: <DD><A NAME="IDX194"></A>
 2205: Undo all changes made to this line.  This is like executing the <CODE>undo</CODE>
 2206: command enough times to get back to the beginning.
 2207: <P>
 2208: 
 2209: <A NAME="IDX195"></A>
 2210: <DT><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE>
 2211: <DD><A NAME="IDX196"></A>
 2212: Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
 2213: <P>
 2214: 
 2215: <A NAME="IDX197"></A>
 2216: <DT><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE>
 2217: <DD><A NAME="IDX198"></A>
 2218: Set the mark to the point.  If a
 2219: numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
 2220: <P>
 2221: 
 2222: <A NAME="IDX199"></A>
 2223: <DT><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE>
 2224: <DD><A NAME="IDX200"></A>
 2225: Swap the point with the mark.  The current cursor position is set to
 2226: the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
 2227: <P>
 2228: 
 2229: <A NAME="IDX201"></A>
 2230: <DT><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE>
 2231: <DD><A NAME="IDX202"></A>
 2232: A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
 2233: character.  A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
 2234: <P>
 2235: 
 2236: <A NAME="IDX203"></A>
 2237: <DT><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE>
 2238: <DD><A NAME="IDX204"></A>
 2239: A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
 2240: of that character.  A negative count searches for subsequent
 2241: occurrences.
 2242: <P>
 2243: 
 2244: <A NAME="IDX205"></A>
 2245: <DT><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE>
 2246: <DD><A NAME="IDX206"></A>
 2247: Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those
 2248: defined for keys like Home and End.  Such sequences begin with a
 2249: Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[.  If this sequence is
 2250: bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect
 2251: unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting
 2252: stray characters into the editing buffer.  This is unbound by default,
 2253: but usually bound to ESC-[.
 2254: <P>
 2255: 
 2256: <A NAME="IDX207"></A>
 2257: <DT><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE>
 2258: <DD><A NAME="IDX208"></A>
 2259: Without a numeric argument, the value of the <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
 2260: variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
 2261: If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle:  if
 2262: the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
 2263: of <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>, the value is inserted, otherwise
 2264: the characters in <CODE>comment-begin</CODE> are deleted from the beginning of
 2265: the line.
 2266: In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
 2267: <P>
 2268: 
 2269: <A NAME="IDX209"></A>
 2270: <DT><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE>
 2271: <DD><A NAME="IDX210"></A>
 2272: Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
 2273: Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
 2274: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
 2275: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
 2276: <P>
 2277: 
 2278: <A NAME="IDX211"></A>
 2279: <DT><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE>
 2280: <DD><A NAME="IDX212"></A>
 2281: Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
 2282: Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
 2283: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
 2284: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
 2285: <P>
 2286: 
 2287: <A NAME="IDX213"></A>
 2288: <DT><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE>
 2289: <DD><A NAME="IDX214"></A>
 2290: Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
 2291: strings they output.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
 2292: the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
 2293: of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file.  This command is unbound by default.
 2294: <P>
 2295: 
 2296: <A NAME="IDX215"></A>
 2297: <DT><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE>
 2298: <DD><A NAME="IDX216"></A>
 2299: When in <CODE>vi</CODE> command mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>emacs</CODE>
 2300: editing mode.
 2301: <P>
 2302: 
 2303: <A NAME="IDX217"></A>
 2304: <DT><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE>
 2305: <DD><A NAME="IDX218"></A>
 2306: When in <CODE>emacs</CODE> editing mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>vi</CODE>
 2307: editing mode.
 2308: <P>
 2309: 
 2310: </DL>
 2311: <P>
 2312: 
 2313: <A NAME="Readline vi Mode"></A>
 2314: <HR SIZE="6">
 2315: <A NAME="SEC22"></A>
 2316: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2317: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2318: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2319: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 2320: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2321: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2322: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2323: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2324: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2325: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2326: </TR></TABLE>
 2327: <H2> 1.5 Readline vi Mode </H2>
 2328: <!--docid::SEC22::-->
 2329: <P>
 2330: 
 2331: While the Readline library does not have a full set of <CODE>vi</CODE>
 2332: editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing
 2333: of the line.  The Readline <CODE>vi</CODE> mode behaves as specified in
 2334: the POSIX standard.
 2335: </P><P>
 2336: 
 2337: In order to switch interactively between <CODE>emacs</CODE> and <CODE>vi</CODE>
 2338: editing modes, use the command <KBD>M-C-j</KBD> (bound to emacs-editing-mode
 2339: when in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode and to vi-editing-mode in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode).
 2340: The Readline default is <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
 2341: </P><P>
 2342: 
 2343: When you enter a line in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode, you are already placed in
 2344: `insertion' mode, as if you had typed an <SAMP>`i'</SAMP>.  Pressing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
 2345: switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the
 2346: line with the standard <CODE>vi</CODE> movement keys, move to previous
 2347: history lines with <SAMP>`k'</SAMP> and subsequent lines with <SAMP>`j'</SAMP>, and
 2348: so forth.
 2349: </P><P>
 2350: 
 2351: This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding
 2352: in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
 2353: to provide a command line interface.
 2354: </P><P>
 2355: 
 2356: Copyright (C) 1988--2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 2357: </P><P>
 2358: 
 2359: Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 2360: this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
 2361: pare preserved on all copies.
 2362: </P><P>
 2363: 
 2364: Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
 2365: manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
 2366: resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
 2367: notice identical to this one.
 2368: </P><P>
 2369: 
 2370: Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 2371: into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
 2372: except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
 2373: by the Foundation.
 2374: </P><P>
 2375: 
 2376: <A NAME="Programming with GNU Readline"></A>
 2377: <HR SIZE="6">
 2378: <A NAME="SEC23"></A>
 2379: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2380: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2381: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2382: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 2383: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2384: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2385: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2386: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2387: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2388: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2389: </TR></TABLE>
 2390: <H1> 2. Programming with GNU Readline </H1>
 2391: <!--docid::SEC23::-->
 2392: <P>
 2393: 
 2394: This chapter describes the interface between the GNU Readline Library and
 2395: other programs.  If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the
 2396: features found in GNU Readline
 2397: such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation
 2398: in your own programs, this section is for you.
 2399: </P><P>
 2400: 
 2401: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 2402: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using the default behavior of Readline.</TD></TR>
 2403: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Adding your own functions to Readline.</TD></TR>
 2404: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables accessible to custom
 2405: 					functions.</TD></TR>
 2406: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions which Readline supplies to
 2407: 					aid in writing your own custom
 2408: 					functions.</TD></TR>
 2409: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How Readline behaves when it receives signals.</TD></TR>
 2410: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Supplanting or supplementing Readline's
 2411: 			completion functions.</TD></TR>
 2412: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 2413: <P>
 2414: 
 2415: <A NAME="Basic Behavior"></A>
 2416: <HR SIZE="6">
 2417: <A NAME="SEC24"></A>
 2418: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2419: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2420: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2421: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 2422: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2423: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2424: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2425: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2426: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2427: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2428: </TR></TABLE>
 2429: <H2> 2.1 Basic Behavior </H2>
 2430: <!--docid::SEC24::-->
 2431: <P>
 2432: 
 2433: Many programs provide a command line interface, such as <CODE>mail</CODE>,
 2434: <CODE>ftp</CODE>, and <CODE>sh</CODE>.  For such programs, the default behaviour of
 2435: Readline is sufficient.  This section describes how to use Readline in
 2436: the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to
 2437: <CODE>gets()</CODE> or <CODE>fgets()</CODE>.
 2438: </P><P>
 2439: 
 2440: <A NAME="IDX219"></A>
 2441: <A NAME="IDX220"></A>
 2442: </P><P>
 2443: 
 2444: The function <CODE>readline()</CODE> prints a prompt <VAR>prompt</VAR>
 2445: and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user.
 2446: If <VAR>prompt</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE> or the empty string, no prompt is displayed.
 2447: The line <CODE>readline</CODE> returns is allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>;
 2448: the caller should <CODE>free()</CODE> the line when it has finished with it.
 2449: The declaration for <CODE>readline</CODE> in ANSI C is
 2450: </P><P>
 2451: 
 2452: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *readline (const char *<VAR>prompt</VAR>);</CODE>
 2453: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2454: 
 2455: So, one might say
 2456: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");</CODE>
 2457: </pre></td></tr></table>in order to read a line of text from the user.
 2458: The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the
 2459: text remains.
 2460: </P><P>
 2461: 
 2462: If <CODE>readline</CODE> encounters an <CODE>EOF</CODE> while reading the line, and the
 2463: line is empty at that point, then <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> is returned.
 2464: Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed.
 2465: </P><P>
 2466: 
 2467: Readline performs some expansion on the <VAR>prompt</VAR> before it is
 2468: displayed on the screen.  See the description of <CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE>
 2469: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) for additional details, especially if <VAR>prompt</VAR>
 2470: will contain characters that do not consume physical screen space when
 2471: displayed.
 2472: </P><P>
 2473: 
 2474: If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with
 2475: <KBD>C-p</KBD> for example), you must call <CODE>add_history()</CODE> to save the
 2476: line away in a <EM>history</EM> list of such lines.
 2477: </P><P>
 2478: 
 2479: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>add_history (line)</CODE>;
 2480: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2481: 
 2482: For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual.
 2483: </P><P>
 2484: 
 2485: It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since
 2486: users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line.  Here is
 2487: a function which usefully replaces the standard <CODE>gets()</CODE> library
 2488: function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow:
 2489: </P><P>
 2490: 
 2491: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* A static variable for holding the line. */
 2492: static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
 2493: 
 2494: /* Read a string, and return a pointer to it.
 2495:    Returns NULL on EOF. */
 2496: char *
 2497: rl_gets ()
 2498: {
 2499:   /* If the buffer has already been allocated,
 2500:      return the memory to the free pool. */
 2501:   if (line_read)
 2502:     {
 2503:       free (line_read);
 2504:       line_read = (char *)NULL;
 2505:     }
 2506: 
 2507:   /* Get a line from the user. */
 2508:   line_read = readline ("");
 2509: 
 2510:   /* If the line has any text in it,
 2511:      save it on the history. */
 2512:   if (line_read &#38;&#38; *line_read)
 2513:     add_history (line_read);
 2514: 
 2515:   return (line_read);
 2516: }
 2517: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2518: 
 2519: This function gives the user the default behaviour of <KBD>TAB</KBD>
 2520: completion: completion on file names.  If you do not want Readline to
 2521: complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the <KBD>TAB</KBD> key
 2522: with <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
 2523: </P><P>
 2524: 
 2525: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int rl_bind_key (int <VAR>key</VAR>, rl_command_func_t *<VAR>function</VAR>);</CODE>
 2526: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2527: 
 2528: <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> takes two arguments: <VAR>key</VAR> is the character that
 2529: you want to bind, and <VAR>function</VAR> is the address of the function to
 2530: call when <VAR>key</VAR> is pressed.  Binding <KBD>TAB</KBD> to <CODE>rl_insert()</CODE>
 2531: makes <KBD>TAB</KBD> insert itself.
 2532: <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> returns non-zero if <VAR>key</VAR> is not a valid
 2533: ASCII character code (between 0 and 255).
 2534: </P><P>
 2535: 
 2536: Thus, to disable the default <KBD>TAB</KBD> behavior, the following suffices:
 2537: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);</CODE>
 2538: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2539: 
 2540: This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you
 2541: might write a function called <CODE>initialize_readline()</CODE> which
 2542: performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing
 2543: custom completers (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>).
 2544: </P><P>
 2545: 
 2546: <A NAME="Custom Functions"></A>
 2547: <HR SIZE="6">
 2548: <A NAME="SEC25"></A>
 2549: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2550: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2551: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2552: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2553: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2554: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2555: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2556: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2557: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2558: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2559: </TR></TABLE>
 2560: <H2> 2.2 Custom Functions </H2>
 2561: <!--docid::SEC25::-->
 2562: <P>
 2563: 
 2564: Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of
 2565: the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all
 2566: programs.  This section describes the various functions and variables
 2567: defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add
 2568: customized functionality to Readline.
 2569: </P><P>
 2570: 
 2571: Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or
 2572: using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an
 2573: application writer should include the file <CODE>&#60;readline/readline.h&#62;</CODE>
 2574: in any file that uses Readline's features.  Since some of the definitions
 2575: in <CODE>readline.h</CODE> use the <CODE>stdio</CODE> library, the file
 2576: <CODE>&#60;stdio.h&#62;</CODE> should be included before <CODE>readline.h</CODE>.
 2577: </P><P>
 2578: 
 2579: <CODE>readline.h</CODE> defines a C preprocessor variable that should
 2580: be treated as an integer, <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE>, which may
 2581: be used to conditionally compile application code depending on
 2582: the installed Readline version.  The value is a hexadecimal
 2583: encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library,
 2584: of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>.  <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major
 2585: version number; <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number. 
 2586: For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of
 2587: <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE> would be <CODE>0x0402</CODE>. 
 2588: </P><P>
 2589: 
 2590: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 2591: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">C declarations to make code readable.</TD></TR>
 2592: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables and calling conventions.</TD></TR>
 2593: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 2594: <P>
 2595: 
 2596: <A NAME="Readline Typedefs"></A>
 2597: <HR SIZE="6">
 2598: <A NAME="SEC26"></A>
 2599: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2600: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2601: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2602: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2603: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2604: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2605: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2606: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2607: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2608: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2609: </TR></TABLE>
 2610: <H3> 2.2.1 Readline Typedefs </H3>
 2611: <!--docid::SEC26::-->
 2612: <P>
 2613: 
 2614: For readability, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers
 2615: to functions.
 2616: </P><P>
 2617: 
 2618: The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write
 2619: code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped
 2620: arguments and return values.
 2621: </P><P>
 2622: 
 2623: For instance, say we want to declare a variable <VAR>func</VAR> as a pointer
 2624: to a function which takes two <CODE>int</CODE> arguments and returns an
 2625: <CODE>int</CODE> (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions).
 2626: Instead of the classic C declaration
 2627: </P><P>
 2628: 
 2629: <CODE>int (*func)();</CODE>
 2630: </P><P>
 2631: 
 2632: or the ANSI-C style declaration
 2633: </P><P>
 2634: 
 2635: <CODE>int (*func)(int, int);</CODE>
 2636: </P><P>
 2637: 
 2638: we may write
 2639: </P><P>
 2640: 
 2641: <CODE>rl_command_func_t *func;</CODE>
 2642: </P><P>
 2643: 
 2644: The full list of function pointer types available is
 2645: </P><P>
 2646: 
 2647: <DL COMPACT>
 2648: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int);</CODE>
 2649: <DD><P>
 2650: 
 2651: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int);</CODE>
 2652: <DD><P>
 2653: 
 2654: <DT><CODE>typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int);</CODE>
 2655: <DD><P>
 2656: 
 2657: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *);</CODE>
 2658: <DD><P>
 2659: 
 2660: <DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
 2661: <DD><P>
 2662: 
 2663: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **);</CODE>
 2664: <DD><P>
 2665: 
 2666: <DT><CODE>typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int);</CODE>
 2667: <DD><P>
 2668: 
 2669: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void);</CODE>
 2670: <DD><P>
 2671: 
 2672: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *);</CODE>
 2673: <DD><P>
 2674: 
 2675: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
 2676: <DD><P>
 2677: 
 2678: <DT><CODE>typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int);</CODE>
 2679: <DD><DT><CODE>#define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t</CODE>
 2680: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
 2681: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
 2682: <DD><P>
 2683: 
 2684: <DT><CODE>typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void);</CODE>
 2685: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int);</CODE>
 2686: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
 2687: <DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
 2688: <DD><P>
 2689: 
 2690: </DL>
 2691: <P>
 2692: 
 2693: <A NAME="Function Writing"></A>
 2694: <HR SIZE="6">
 2695: <A NAME="SEC27"></A>
 2696: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2697: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2698: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2699: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2700: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2701: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2702: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2703: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2704: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2705: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2706: </TR></TABLE>
 2707: <H3> 2.2.2 Writing a New Function </H3>
 2708: <!--docid::SEC27::-->
 2709: <P>
 2710: 
 2711: In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the
 2712: calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the
 2713: variables that describe the current state of the line read so far.
 2714: </P><P>
 2715: 
 2716: The calling sequence for a command <CODE>foo</CODE> looks like
 2717: </P><P>
 2718: 
 2719: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int foo (int count, int key)</CODE>
 2720: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 2721: 
 2722: where <VAR>count</VAR> is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and
 2723: <VAR>key</VAR> is the key that invoked this function.
 2724: </P><P>
 2725: 
 2726: It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the
 2727: numeric argument.  Some functions use it as a repeat count, some
 2728: as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current
 2729: line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example).  Some choose to
 2730: ignore it.  In general, if a
 2731: function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able
 2732: to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments.
 2733: At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a
 2734: negative argument.
 2735: </P><P>
 2736: 
 2737: A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully,
 2738: and a value greater than zero if some error occurs.
 2739: This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable
 2740: command functions.
 2741: </P><P>
 2742: 
 2743: <A NAME="Readline Variables"></A>
 2744: <HR SIZE="6">
 2745: <A NAME="SEC28"></A>
 2746: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 2747: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 2748: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 2749: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 2750: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 2751: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 2752: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 2753: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 2754: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 2755: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 2756: </TR></TABLE>
 2757: <H2> 2.3 Readline Variables </H2>
 2758: <!--docid::SEC28::-->
 2759: <P>
 2760: 
 2761: These variables are available to function writers.
 2762: </P><P>
 2763: 
 2764: <A NAME="IDX221"></A>
 2765: <DL>
 2766: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_line_buffer</B>
 2767: <DD>This is the line gathered so far.  You are welcome to modify the
 2768: contents of the line, but see <A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>.  The
 2769: function <CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE> is available to increase
 2770: the memory allocated to <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
 2771: </DL>
 2772: </P><P>
 2773: 
 2774: <A NAME="IDX222"></A>
 2775: <DL>
 2776: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_point</B>
 2777: <DD>The offset of the current cursor position in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>
 2778: (the <EM>point</EM>).
 2779: </DL>
 2780: </P><P>
 2781: 
 2782: <A NAME="IDX223"></A>
 2783: <DL>
 2784: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_end</B>
 2785: <DD>The number of characters present in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.  When
 2786: <CODE>rl_point</CODE> is at the end of the line, <CODE>rl_point</CODE> and
 2787: <CODE>rl_end</CODE> are equal.
 2788: </DL>
 2789: </P><P>
 2790: 
 2791: <A NAME="IDX224"></A>
 2792: <DL>
 2793: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_mark</B>
 2794: <DD>The <VAR>mark</VAR> (saved position) in the current line.  If set, the mark
 2795: and point define a <EM>region</EM>.
 2796: </DL>
 2797: </P><P>
 2798: 
 2799: <A NAME="IDX225"></A>
 2800: <DL>
 2801: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_done</B>
 2802: <DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current
 2803: line immediately.
 2804: </DL>
 2805: </P><P>
 2806: 
 2807: <A NAME="IDX226"></A>
 2808: <DL>
 2809: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_num_chars_to_read</B>
 2810: <DD>Setting this to a positive value before calling <CODE>readline()</CODE> causes
 2811: Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather
 2812: than reading up to a character bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>.
 2813: </DL>
 2814: </P><P>
 2815: 
 2816: <A NAME="IDX227"></A>
 2817: <DL>
 2818: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_pending_input</B>
 2819: <DD>Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read.  This is a
 2820: way to stuff a single character into the input stream.
 2821: </DL>
 2822: </P><P>
 2823: 
 2824: <A NAME="IDX228"></A>
 2825: <DL>
 2826: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_dispatching</B>
 2827: <DD>Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding;
 2828: zero otherwise.  Application functions can test this to discover whether
 2829: they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism.
 2830: </DL>
 2831: </P><P>
 2832: 
 2833: <A NAME="IDX229"></A>
 2834: <DL>
 2835: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_erase_empty_line</B>
 2836: <DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase
 2837: the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as
 2838: the only character on an otherwise-empty line.  The cursor is moved to
 2839: the beginning of the newly-blank line.
 2840: </DL>
 2841: </P><P>
 2842: 
 2843: <A NAME="IDX230"></A>
 2844: <DL>
 2845: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_prompt</B>
 2846: <DD>The prompt Readline uses.  This is set from the argument to
 2847: <CODE>readline()</CODE>, and should not be assigned to directly.
 2848: The <CODE>rl_set_prompt()</CODE> function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) may
 2849: be used to modify the prompt string after calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
 2850: </DL>
 2851: </P><P>
 2852: 
 2853: <A NAME="IDX231"></A>
 2854: <DL>
 2855: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_display_prompt</B>
 2856: <DD>The string displayed as the prompt.  This is usually identical to
 2857: <VAR>rl_prompt</VAR>, but may be changed temporarily by functions that
 2858: use the prompt string as a message area, such as incremental search.
 2859: </DL>
 2860: </P><P>
 2861: 
 2862: <A NAME="IDX232"></A>
 2863: <DL>
 2864: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_already_prompted</B>
 2865: <DD>If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have
 2866: Readline do it the first time <CODE>readline()</CODE> is called, it should set
 2867: this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt.
 2868: The prompt must also be passed as the argument to <CODE>readline()</CODE> so
 2869: the redisplay functions can update the display properly.
 2870: The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline
 2871: never sets it.
 2872: </DL>
 2873: </P><P>
 2874: 
 2875: <A NAME="IDX233"></A>
 2876: <DL>
 2877: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_library_version</B>
 2878: <DD>The version number of this revision of the library.
 2879: </DL>
 2880: </P><P>
 2881: 
 2882: <A NAME="IDX234"></A>
 2883: <DL>
 2884: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_version</B>
 2885: <DD>An integer encoding the current version of the library.  The encoding is
 2886: of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>, where <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major version
 2887: number, and <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number.
 2888: For example, for Readline-4.2, <CODE>rl_readline_version</CODE> would have the
 2889: value 0x0402.
 2890: </DL>
 2891: </P><P>
 2892: 
 2893: <A NAME="IDX235"></A>
 2894: <DL>
 2895: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_gnu_readline_p</B>
 2896: <DD>Always set to 1, denoting that this is GNU readline rather than some
 2897: emulation.
 2898: </DL>
 2899: </P><P>
 2900: 
 2901: <A NAME="IDX236"></A>
 2902: <DL>
 2903: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_terminal_name</B>
 2904: <DD>The terminal type, used for initialization.  If not set by the application,
 2905: Readline sets this to the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE> environment variable
 2906: the first time it is called.
 2907: </DL>
 2908: </P><P>
 2909: 
 2910: <A NAME="IDX237"></A>
 2911: <DL>
 2912: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_readline_name</B>
 2913: <DD>This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline.
 2914: The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file
 2915: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>).
 2916: </DL>
 2917: </P><P>
 2918: 
 2919: <A NAME="IDX238"></A>
 2920: <DL>
 2921: <DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_instream</B>
 2922: <DD>The stdio stream from which Readline reads input.
 2923: If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdin</VAR>.
 2924: </DL>
 2925: </P><P>
 2926: 
 2927: <A NAME="IDX239"></A>
 2928: <DL>
 2929: <DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_outstream</B>
 2930: <DD>The stdio stream to which Readline performs output.
 2931: If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdout</VAR>.
 2932: </DL>
 2933: </P><P>
 2934: 
 2935: <A NAME="IDX240"></A>
 2936: <DL>
 2937: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_prefer_env_winsize</B>
 2938: <DD>If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the <CODE>LINES</CODE> and
 2939: <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE> environment variables greater precedence than values fetched
 2940: from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions.
 2941: </DL>
 2942: </P><P>
 2943: 
 2944: <A NAME="IDX241"></A>
 2945: <DL>
 2946: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_last_func</B>
 2947: <DD>The address of the last command function Readline executed.  May be used to
 2948: test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for
 2949: example.
 2950: </DL>
 2951: </P><P>
 2952: 
 2953: <A NAME="IDX242"></A>
 2954: <DL>
 2955: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_startup_hook</B>
 2956: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just
 2957: before <CODE>readline</CODE> prints the first prompt.
 2958: </DL>
 2959: </P><P>
 2960: 
 2961: <A NAME="IDX243"></A>
 2962: <DL>
 2963: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_pre_input_hook</B>
 2964: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after
 2965: the first prompt has been printed and just before <CODE>readline</CODE>
 2966: starts reading input characters.
 2967: </DL>
 2968: </P><P>
 2969: 
 2970: <A NAME="IDX244"></A>
 2971: <DL>
 2972: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_event_hook</B>
 2973: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically
 2974: when Readline is waiting for terminal input.
 2975: By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there
 2976: is no keyboard input.
 2977: </DL>
 2978: </P><P>
 2979: 
 2980: <A NAME="IDX245"></A>
 2981: <DL>
 2982: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_getc_func_t * <B>rl_getc_function</B>
 2983: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
 2984: to get a character from the input stream.  By default, it is set to
 2985: <CODE>rl_getc</CODE>, the default Readline character input function
 2986: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>).
 2987: In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider
 2988: setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well.
 2989: </DL>
 2990: </P><P>
 2991: 
 2992: <A NAME="IDX246"></A>
 2993: <DL>
 2994: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_signal_event_hook</B>
 2995: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call if a read system
 2996: call is interrupted when Readline is reading terminal input.
 2997: </DL>
 2998: </P><P>
 2999: 
 3000: <A NAME="IDX247"></A>
 3001: <DL>
 3002: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_input_available_hook</B>
 3003: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will use this function's return value when it needs
 3004: to determine whether or not there is available input on the current input
 3005: source.
 3006: The default hook checks <CODE>rl_instream</CODE>; if an application is using a
 3007: different input source, it should set the hook appropriately.
 3008: Readline queries for available input when implementing intra-key-sequence
 3009: timeouts during input and incremental searches.
 3010: This may use an application-specific timeout before returning a value;
 3011: Readline uses the value passed to <CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout()</CODE>
 3012: or the value of the user-settable <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR> variable.
 3013: This is designed for use by applications using Readline's callback interface
 3014: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>), which may not use the traditional
 3015: <CODE>read(2)</CODE> and file descriptor interface, or other applications using
 3016: a different input mechanism.
 3017: If an application uses an input mechanism or hook that can potentially exceed
 3018: the value of <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR>, it should increase the timeout or set
 3019: this hook appropriately even when not using the callback interface.
 3020: In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider
 3021: setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well.
 3022: </DL>
 3023: </P><P>
 3024: 
 3025: <A NAME="IDX248"></A>
 3026: <DL>
 3027: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_redisplay_function</B>
 3028: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
 3029: to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer.
 3030: By default, it is set to <CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE>, the default Readline
 3031: redisplay function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>).
 3032: </DL>
 3033: </P><P>
 3034: 
 3035: <A NAME="IDX249"></A>
 3036: <DL>
 3037: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_vintfunc_t * <B>rl_prep_term_function</B>
 3038: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
 3039: to initialize the terminal.  The function takes a single argument, an
 3040: <CODE>int</CODE> flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters.
 3041: By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE>
 3042: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
 3043: </DL>
 3044: </P><P>
 3045: 
 3046: <A NAME="IDX250"></A>
 3047: <DL>
 3048: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_deprep_term_function</B>
 3049: <DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
 3050: to reset the terminal.  This function should undo the effects of
 3051: <CODE>rl_prep_term_function</CODE>.
 3052: By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE>
 3053: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
 3054: </DL>
 3055: </P><P>
 3056: 
 3057: <A NAME="IDX251"></A>
 3058: <DL>
 3059: <DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_executing_keymap</B>
 3060: <DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
 3061: currently executing readline function was found.
 3062: </DL>
 3063: </P><P>
 3064: 
 3065: <A NAME="IDX252"></A>
 3066: <DL>
 3067: <DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_binding_keymap</B>
 3068: <DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
 3069: last key binding occurred.
 3070: </DL>
 3071: </P><P>
 3072: 
 3073: <A NAME="IDX253"></A>
 3074: <DL>
 3075: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_macro</B>
 3076: <DD>This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro.
 3077: </DL>
 3078: </P><P>
 3079: 
 3080: <A NAME="IDX254"></A>
 3081: <DL>
 3082: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_executing_key</B>
 3083: <DD>The key that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing Readline function.
 3084: </DL>
 3085: </P><P>
 3086: 
 3087: <A NAME="IDX255"></A>
 3088: <DL>
 3089: <DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_keyseq</B>
 3090: <DD>The full key sequence that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing
 3091: Readline function.
 3092: </DL>
 3093: </P><P>
 3094: 
 3095: <A NAME="IDX256"></A>
 3096: <DL>
 3097: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_key_sequence_length</B>
 3098: <DD>The number of characters in <VAR>rl_executing_keyseq</VAR>.
 3099: </DL>
 3100: </P><P>
 3101: 
 3102: <A NAME="IDX257"></A>
 3103: <DL>
 3104: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_state</B>
 3105: <DD>A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state.
 3106: A bit is set with the <CODE>RL_SETSTATE</CODE> macro, and unset with the
 3107: <CODE>RL_UNSETSTATE</CODE> macro.  Use the <CODE>RL_ISSTATE</CODE> macro to test
 3108: whether a particular state bit is set.  Current state bits include:
 3109: </P><P>
 3110: 
 3111: <DL COMPACT>
 3112: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NONE</CODE>
 3113: <DD>Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to initialize.
 3114: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZING</CODE>
 3115: <DD>Readline is initializing its internal data structures.
 3116: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZED</CODE>
 3117: <DD>Readline has completed its initialization.
 3118: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED</CODE>
 3119: <DD>Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay.
 3120: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_READCMD</CODE>
 3121: <DD>Readline is reading a command from the keyboard.
 3122: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_METANEXT</CODE>
 3123: <DD>Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character.
 3124: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DISPATCHING</CODE>
 3125: <DD>Readline is dispatching to a command.
 3126: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MOREINPUT</CODE>
 3127: <DD>Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command.
 3128: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_ISEARCH</CODE>
 3129: <DD>Readline is performing an incremental history search.
 3130: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NSEARCH</CODE>
 3131: <DD>Readline is performing a non-incremental history search.
 3132: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SEARCH</CODE>
 3133: <DD>Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string.
 3134: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NUMERICARG</CODE>
 3135: <DD>Readline is reading a numeric argument.
 3136: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACROINPUT</CODE>
 3137: <DD>Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard
 3138: macro.
 3139: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACRODEF</CODE>
 3140: <DD>Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro.
 3141: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_OVERWRITE</CODE>
 3142: <DD>Readline is in overwrite mode.
 3143: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_COMPLETING</CODE>
 3144: <DD>Readline is performing word completion.
 3145: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER</CODE>
 3146: <DD>Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler.
 3147: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_UNDOING</CODE>
 3148: <DD>Readline is performing an undo.
 3149: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING</CODE>
 3150: <DD>Readline has input pending due to a call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>.
 3151: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED</CODE>
 3152: <DD>Readline has saved the values of the terminal's special characters.
 3153: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_CALLBACK</CODE>
 3154: <DD>Readline is currently using the alternate (callback) interface
 3155: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>).
 3156: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VIMOTION</CODE>
 3157: <DD>Readline is reading the argument to a vi-mode "motion" command.
 3158: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MULTIKEY</CODE>
 3159: <DD>Readline is reading a multiple-keystroke command.
 3160: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VICMDONCE</CODE>
 3161: <DD>Readline has entered vi command (movement) mode at least one time during
 3162: the current call to <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
 3163: <DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DONE</CODE>
 3164: <DD>Readline has read a key sequence bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>
 3165: and is about to return the line to the caller.
 3166: </DL>
 3167: <P>
 3168: 
 3169: </DL>
 3170: </P><P>
 3171: 
 3172: <A NAME="IDX258"></A>
 3173: <DL>
 3174: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_explicit_arg</B>
 3175: <DD>Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by
 3176: the user.  Only valid in a bindable command function.
 3177: </DL>
 3178: </P><P>
 3179: 
 3180: <A NAME="IDX259"></A>
 3181: <DL>
 3182: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_numeric_arg</B>
 3183: <DD>Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user
 3184: before executing the current Readline function.  Only valid in a bindable
 3185: command function.
 3186: </DL>
 3187: </P><P>
 3188: 
 3189: <A NAME="IDX260"></A>
 3190: <DL>
 3191: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_editing_mode</B>
 3192: <DD>Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode.  A value of
 3193: <VAR>1</VAR> means Readline is currently in emacs mode; <VAR>0</VAR>
 3194: means that vi mode is active.
 3195: </DL>
 3196: </P><P>
 3197: 
 3198: <A NAME="Readline Convenience Functions"></A>
 3199: <HR SIZE="6">
 3200: <A NAME="SEC29"></A>
 3201: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3202: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3203: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3204: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3205: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3206: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3207: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3208: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3209: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3210: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3211: </TR></TABLE>
 3212: <H2> 2.4 Readline Convenience Functions </H2>
 3213: <!--docid::SEC29::-->
 3214: <P>
 3215: 
 3216: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 3217: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to give a function you write a name.</TD></TR>
 3218: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Making keymaps.</TD></TR>
 3219: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Changing Keymaps.</TD></TR>
 3220: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Translate function names to
 3221: 						key sequences.</TD></TR>
 3222: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to make your functions undoable.</TD></TR>
 3223: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to control line display.</TD></TR>
 3224: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to modify <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.</TD></TR>
 3225: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to read keyboard input.</TD></TR>
 3226: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to manage terminal settings.</TD></TR>
 3227: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Generally useful functions and hooks.</TD></TR>
 3228: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions that don't fall into any category.</TD></TR>
 3229: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using Readline in a `callback' fashion.</TD></TR>
 3230: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example Readline function.</TD></TR>
 3231: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example program using the alternate interface.</TD></TR>
 3232: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 3233: <P>
 3234: 
 3235: <A NAME="Function Naming"></A>
 3236: <HR SIZE="6">
 3237: <A NAME="SEC30"></A>
 3238: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3239: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3240: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3241: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3242: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3243: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3244: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3245: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3246: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3247: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3248: </TR></TABLE>
 3249: <H3> 2.4.1 Naming a Function </H3>
 3250: <!--docid::SEC30::-->
 3251: <P>
 3252: 
 3253: The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using
 3254: Readline.  This is done by representing the function with a descriptive
 3255: name.  The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to
 3256: the function.  Thus, in an init file, one might find
 3257: </P><P>
 3258: 
 3259: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>Meta-Rubout:	backward-kill-word
 3260: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 3261: 
 3262: This binds the keystroke <KBD>Meta-Rubout</KBD> to the function
 3263: <EM>descriptively</EM> named <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>.  You, as the
 3264: programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as
 3265: well.  Readline provides a function for doing that:
 3266: </P><P>
 3267: 
 3268: <A NAME="IDX261"></A>
 3269: <DL>
 3270: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_defun</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)</I>
 3271: <DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of named functions.  Make <VAR>function</VAR> be
 3272: the function that gets called.  If <VAR>key</VAR> is not -1, then bind it to
 3273: <VAR>function</VAR> using <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
 3274: </DL>
 3275: </P><P>
 3276: 
 3277: Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.
 3278: It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default
 3279: functions that Readline has built in.
 3280: If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline,
 3281: you may need to use the underlying functions described below.
 3282: </P><P>
 3283: 
 3284: <A NAME="Keymaps"></A>
 3285: <HR SIZE="6">
 3286: <A NAME="SEC31"></A>
 3287: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3288: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3289: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3290: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3291: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3292: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3293: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3294: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3295: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3296: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3297: </TR></TABLE>
 3298: <H3> 2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap </H3>
 3299: <!--docid::SEC31::-->
 3300: <P>
 3301: 
 3302: Key bindings take place on a <EM>keymap</EM>.  The keymap is the
 3303: association between the keys that the user types and the functions that
 3304: get run.  You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell
 3305: Readline which keymap to use.
 3306: </P><P>
 3307: 
 3308: <A NAME="IDX262"></A>
 3309: <DL>
 3310: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_bare_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3311: <DD>Returns a new, empty keymap.  The space for the keymap is allocated with
 3312: <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; the caller should free it by calling
 3313: <CODE>rl_free_keymap()</CODE> when done.
 3314: </DL>
 3315: </P><P>
 3316: 
 3317: <A NAME="IDX263"></A>
 3318: <DL>
 3319: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_copy_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap map)</I>
 3320: <DD>Return a new keymap which is a copy of <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3321: </DL>
 3322: </P><P>
 3323: 
 3324: <A NAME="IDX264"></A>
 3325: <DL>
 3326: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3327: <DD>Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
 3328: the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
 3329: the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments.
 3330: </DL>
 3331: </P><P>
 3332: 
 3333: <A NAME="IDX265"></A>
 3334: <DL>
 3335: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_discard_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3336: <DD>Free the storage associated with the data in <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
 3337: The caller should free <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
 3338: </DL>
 3339: </P><P>
 3340: 
 3341: <A NAME="IDX266"></A>
 3342: <DL>
 3343: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3344: <DD>Free all storage associated with <VAR>keymap</VAR>.  This calls
 3345: <CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE> to free subordindate keymaps and macros.
 3346: </DL>
 3347: </P><P>
 3348: 
 3349: <A NAME="IDX267"></A>
 3350: <DL>
 3351: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_empty_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3352: <DD>Return non-zero if there are no keys bound to functions in <VAR>keymap</VAR>;
 3353: zero if there are any keys bound.
 3354: </DL>
 3355: </P><P>
 3356: 
 3357: Readline has several internal keymaps.  These functions allow you to
 3358: change which keymap is active.
 3359: </P><P>
 3360: 
 3361: <A NAME="IDX268"></A>
 3362: <DL>
 3363: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3364: <DD>Returns the currently active keymap.
 3365: </DL>
 3366: </P><P>
 3367: 
 3368: <A NAME="IDX269"></A>
 3369: <DL>
 3370: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3371: <DD>Makes <VAR>keymap</VAR> the currently active keymap.
 3372: </DL>
 3373: </P><P>
 3374: 
 3375: <A NAME="IDX270"></A>
 3376: <DL>
 3377: <DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap_by_name</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
 3378: <DD>Return the keymap matching <VAR>name</VAR>.  <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
 3379: be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3380: </DL>
 3381: </P><P>
 3382: 
 3383: <A NAME="IDX271"></A>
 3384: <DL>
 3385: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_keymap_name</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
 3386: <DD>Return the name matching <VAR>keymap</VAR>.  <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
 3387: be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3388: </DL>
 3389: </P><P>
 3390: 
 3391: <A NAME="IDX272"></A>
 3392: <DL>
 3393: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keymap_name</B> <I>(const char *name, Keymap keymap)</I>
 3394: <DD>Set the name of <VAR>keymap</VAR>.  This name will then be "registered" and
 3395: available for use in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc directive
 3396: see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3397: The <VAR>name</VAR> may not be one of Readline's builtin keymap names;
 3398: you may not add a different name for one of Readline's builtin keymaps.
 3399: You may replace the name associated with a given keymap by calling this
 3400: function more than once with the same <VAR>keymap</VAR> argument.
 3401: You may associate a registered <VAR>name</VAR> with a new keymap by calling this
 3402: function more than once  with the same <VAR>name</VAR> argument.
 3403: There is no way to remove a named keymap once the name has been
 3404: registered.
 3405: Readline will make a copy of <VAR>name</VAR>.
 3406: The return value is greater than zero unless <VAR>name</VAR> is one of
 3407: Readline's builtin keymap names or <VAR>keymap</VAR> is one of Readline's
 3408: builtin keymaps.
 3409: </DL>
 3410: </P><P>
 3411: 
 3412: <A NAME="Binding Keys"></A>
 3413: <HR SIZE="6">
 3414: <A NAME="SEC32"></A>
 3415: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3416: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3417: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3418: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3419: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3420: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3421: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3422: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3423: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3424: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3425: </TR></TABLE>
 3426: <H3> 2.4.3 Binding Keys </H3>
 3427: <!--docid::SEC32::-->
 3428: <P>
 3429: 
 3430: Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap.
 3431: Readline has several internal keymaps: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE>,
 3432: <CODE>emacs_meta_keymap</CODE>, <CODE>emacs_ctlx_keymap</CODE>,
 3433: <CODE>vi_movement_keymap</CODE>, and <CODE>vi_insertion_keymap</CODE>.
 3434: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE> is the default, and the examples in
 3435: this manual assume that.
 3436: </P><P>
 3437: 
 3438: Since <CODE>readline()</CODE> installs a set of default key bindings the first
 3439: time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding
 3440: installed before the first call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> will be overridden.
 3441: An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an
 3442: initialization function assigned to the <CODE>rl_startup_hook</CODE> variable
 3443: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>).
 3444: </P><P>
 3445: 
 3446: These functions manage key bindings.
 3447: </P><P>
 3448: 
 3449: <A NAME="IDX273"></A>
 3450: <DL>
 3451: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3452: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in the currently active keymap.
 3453: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
 3454: </DL>
 3455: </P><P>
 3456: 
 3457: <A NAME="IDX274"></A>
 3458: <DL>
 3459: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3460: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3461: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
 3462: </DL>
 3463: </P><P>
 3464: 
 3465: <A NAME="IDX275"></A>
 3466: <DL>
 3467: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3468: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
 3469: currently active keymap.
 3470: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
 3471: already bound.
 3472: </DL>
 3473: </P><P>
 3474: 
 3475: <A NAME="IDX276"></A>
 3476: <DL>
 3477: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3478: <DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3479: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
 3480: already bound.
 3481: </DL>
 3482: </P><P>
 3483: 
 3484: <A NAME="IDX277"></A>
 3485: <DL>
 3486: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key</B> <I>(int key)</I>
 3487: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in the currently active keymap.
 3488: Returns non-zero in case of error.
 3489: </DL>
 3490: </P><P>
 3491: 
 3492: <A NAME="IDX278"></A>
 3493: <DL>
 3494: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, Keymap map)</I>
 3495: <DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3496: Returns non-zero in case of error.
 3497: </DL>
 3498: </P><P>
 3499: 
 3500: <A NAME="IDX279"></A>
 3501: <DL>
 3502: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_function_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3503: <DD>Unbind all keys that execute <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3504: </DL>
 3505: </P><P>
 3506: 
 3507: <A NAME="IDX280"></A>
 3508: <DL>
 3509: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_command_in_map</B> <I>(const char *command, Keymap map)</I>
 3510: <DD>Unbind all keys that are bound to <VAR>command</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3511: </DL>
 3512: </P><P>
 3513: 
 3514: <A NAME="IDX281"></A>
 3515: <DL>
 3516: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3517: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
 3518: <VAR>function</VAR>, beginning in the current keymap.
 3519: This makes new keymaps as necessary.
 3520: The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
 3521: </DL>
 3522: </P><P>
 3523: 
 3524: <A NAME="IDX282"></A>
 3525: <DL>
 3526: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3527: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
 3528: <VAR>function</VAR>.  This makes new keymaps as necessary.
 3529: Initial bindings are performed in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3530: The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
 3531: </DL>
 3532: </P><P>
 3533: 
 3534: <A NAME="IDX283"></A>
 3535: <DL>
 3536: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_key</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3537: <DD>Equivalent to <CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE>.
 3538: </DL>
 3539: </P><P>
 3540: 
 3541: <A NAME="IDX284"></A>
 3542: <DL>
 3543: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3544: <DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
 3545: currently active keymap.
 3546: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
 3547: already bound.
 3548: </DL>
 3549: </P><P>
 3550: 
 3551: <A NAME="IDX285"></A>
 3552: <DL>
 3553: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3554: <DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3555: Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
 3556: already bound.
 3557: </DL>
 3558: </P><P>
 3559: 
 3560: <A NAME="IDX286"></A>
 3561: <DL>
 3562: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_generic_bind</B> <I>(int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)</I>
 3563: <DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the arbitrary
 3564: pointer <VAR>data</VAR>.  <VAR>type</VAR> says what kind of data is pointed to by
 3565: <VAR>data</VAR>; this can be a function (<CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>), a macro
 3566: (<CODE>ISMACR</CODE>), or a keymap (<CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>).  This makes new keymaps as
 3567: necessary.  The initial keymap in which to do bindings is <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3568: </DL>
 3569: </P><P>
 3570: 
 3571: <A NAME="IDX287"></A>
 3572: <DL>
 3573: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_parse_and_bind</B> <I>(char *line)</I>
 3574: <DD>Parse <VAR>line</VAR> as if it had been read from the <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and
 3575: perform any key bindings and variable assignments found
 3576: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3577: </DL>
 3578: </P><P>
 3579: 
 3580: <A NAME="IDX288"></A>
 3581: <DL>
 3582: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_init_file</B> <I>(const char *filename)</I>
 3583: <DD>Read keybindings and variable assignments from <VAR>filename</VAR>
 3584: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
 3585: </DL>
 3586: </P><P>
 3587: 
 3588: <A NAME="Associating Function Names and Bindings"></A>
 3589: <HR SIZE="6">
 3590: <A NAME="SEC33"></A>
 3591: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3592: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3593: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3594: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3595: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3596: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3597: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3598: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3599: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3600: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3601: </TR></TABLE>
 3602: <H3> 2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings </H3>
 3603: <!--docid::SEC33::-->
 3604: <P>
 3605: 
 3606: These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions
 3607: and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence.  You may also
 3608: associate a new function name with an arbitrary function.
 3609: </P><P>
 3610: 
 3611: <A NAME="IDX289"></A>
 3612: <DL>
 3613: <DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_named_function</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
 3614: <DD>Return the function with name <VAR>name</VAR>.
 3615: </DL>
 3616: </P><P>
 3617: 
 3618: <A NAME="IDX290"></A>
 3619: <DL>
 3620: <DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)</I>
 3621: <DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3622: If <VAR>map</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the current keymap is used.  If <VAR>type</VAR> is
 3623: not <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the type of the object is returned in the <CODE>int</CODE> variable
 3624: it points to (one of <CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>, <CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>, or <CODE>ISMACR</CODE>).
 3625: It takes a "translated" key sequence and should not be used if the key sequence
 3626: can include NUL.
 3627: </DL>
 3628: </P><P>
 3629: 
 3630: <A NAME="IDX291"></A>
 3631: <DL>
 3632: <DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq_len</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, size_t len, Keymap map, int *type)</I>
 3633: <DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> of length <VAR>len</VAR>
 3634: in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>. Equivalent to <CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE> with the
 3635: addition of the <VAR>len</VAR> parameter.
 3636: It takes a "translated" key sequence and should be used if the key sequence
 3637: can include NUL.
 3638: </DL>
 3639: </P><P>
 3640: 
 3641: <A NAME="IDX292"></A>
 3642: <DL>
 3643: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3644: <DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
 3645: invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the current keymap.
 3646: </DL>
 3647: </P><P>
 3648: 
 3649: <A NAME="IDX293"></A>
 3650: <DL>
 3651: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
 3652: <DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
 3653: invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
 3654: </DL>
 3655: </P><P>
 3656: 
 3657: <A NAME="IDX294"></A>
 3658: <DL>
 3659: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_function_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
 3660: <DD>Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently
 3661: bound to them to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.  If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero,
 3662: the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
 3663: <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
 3664: </DL>
 3665: </P><P>
 3666: 
 3667: <A NAME="IDX295"></A>
 3668: <DL>
 3669: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_list_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3670: <DD>Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
 3671: </DL>
 3672: </P><P>
 3673: 
 3674: <A NAME="IDX296"></A>
 3675: <DL>
 3676: <DT><U>Function:</U> const char ** <B>rl_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3677: <DD>Return a NULL terminated array of known function names.  The array is
 3678: sorted.  The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside.  You
 3679: should free the array, but not the pointers, using <CODE>free</CODE> or
 3680: <CODE>rl_free</CODE> when you are done.
 3681: </DL>
 3682: </P><P>
 3683: 
 3684: <A NAME="IDX297"></A>
 3685: <DL>
 3686: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_funmap_entry</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
 3687: <DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make
 3688: <VAR>function</VAR> the function to be called when <VAR>name</VAR> is invoked.
 3689: </DL>
 3690: </P><P>
 3691: 
 3692: <A NAME="Allowing Undoing"></A>
 3693: <HR SIZE="6">
 3694: <A NAME="SEC34"></A>
 3695: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3696: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3697: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3698: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3699: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3700: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3701: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3702: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3703: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3704: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3705: </TR></TABLE>
 3706: <H3> 2.4.5 Allowing Undoing </H3>
 3707: <!--docid::SEC34::-->
 3708: <P>
 3709: 
 3710: Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your
 3711: functions much more useful.  It is certainly easy to try
 3712: something if you know you can undo it.
 3713: </P><P>
 3714: 
 3715: If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and
 3716: uses <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE> to do it, then
 3717: undoing is already done for you automatically.
 3718: </P><P>
 3719: 
 3720: If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination
 3721: of these operations, you should group them together into one operation.
 3722: This is done with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
 3723: <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
 3724: </P><P>
 3725: 
 3726: The types of events that can be undone are:
 3727: </P><P>
 3728: 
 3729: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END }; 
 3730: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 3731: 
 3732: Notice that <CODE>UNDO_DELETE</CODE> means to insert some text, and
 3733: <CODE>UNDO_INSERT</CODE> means to delete some text.  That is, the undo code
 3734: tells what to undo, not how to undo it.  <CODE>UNDO_BEGIN</CODE> and
 3735: <CODE>UNDO_END</CODE> are tags added by <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
 3736: <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
 3737: </P><P>
 3738: 
 3739: <A NAME="IDX298"></A>
 3740: <DL>
 3741: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_begin_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3742: <DD>Begins saving undo information in a group construct.  The undo
 3743: information usually comes from calls to <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> and
 3744: <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE>, but could be the result of calls to
 3745: <CODE>rl_add_undo()</CODE>.
 3746: </DL>
 3747: </P><P>
 3748: 
 3749: <A NAME="IDX299"></A>
 3750: <DL>
 3751: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_end_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3752: <DD>Closes the current undo group started with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group
 3753: ()</CODE>.  There should be one call to <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>
 3754: for each call to <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE>.
 3755: </DL>
 3756: </P><P>
 3757: 
 3758: <A NAME="IDX300"></A>
 3759: <DL>
 3760: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_add_undo</B> <I>(enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)</I>
 3761: <DD>Remember how to undo an event (according to <VAR>what</VAR>).  The affected
 3762: text runs from <VAR>start</VAR> to <VAR>end</VAR>, and encompasses <VAR>text</VAR>.
 3763: </DL>
 3764: </P><P>
 3765: 
 3766: <A NAME="IDX301"></A>
 3767: <DL>
 3768: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_undo_list</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3769: <DD>Free the existing undo list.
 3770: </DL>
 3771: </P><P>
 3772: 
 3773: <A NAME="IDX302"></A>
 3774: <DL>
 3775: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_do_undo</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3776: <DD>Undo the first thing on the undo list.  Returns <CODE>0</CODE> if there was
 3777: nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone.
 3778: </DL>
 3779: </P><P>
 3780: 
 3781: Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the
 3782: existing text (e.g., change its case), call <CODE>rl_modifying()</CODE>
 3783: once, just before you modify the text.  You must supply the indices of
 3784: the text range that you are going to modify.
 3785: </P><P>
 3786: 
 3787: <A NAME="IDX303"></A>
 3788: <DL>
 3789: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_modifying</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
 3790: <DD>Tell Readline to save the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> as a
 3791: single undo unit.  It is assumed that you will subsequently modify
 3792: that text.
 3793: </DL>
 3794: </P><P>
 3795: 
 3796: <A NAME="Redisplay"></A>
 3797: <HR SIZE="6">
 3798: <A NAME="SEC35"></A>
 3799: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3800: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3801: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3802: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3803: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3804: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3805: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3806: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3807: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3808: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3809: </TR></TABLE>
 3810: <H3> 2.4.6 Redisplay </H3>
 3811: <!--docid::SEC35::-->
 3812: <P>
 3813: 
 3814: <A NAME="IDX304"></A>
 3815: <DL>
 3816: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_redisplay</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3817: <DD>Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents
 3818: of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
 3819: </DL>
 3820: </P><P>
 3821: 
 3822: <A NAME="IDX305"></A>
 3823: <DL>
 3824: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_forced_update_display</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3825: <DD>Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not
 3826: Readline thinks the screen display is correct.
 3827: </DL>
 3828: </P><P>
 3829: 
 3830: <A NAME="IDX306"></A>
 3831: <DL>
 3832: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3833: <DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line,
 3834: usually after outputting a newline.
 3835: </DL>
 3836: </P><P>
 3837: 
 3838: <A NAME="IDX307"></A>
 3839: <DL>
 3840: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3841: <DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with
 3842: <VAR>rl_prompt</VAR> already displayed.
 3843: This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string
 3844: themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for
 3845: redisplay.
 3846: It should be used after setting <VAR>rl_already_prompted</VAR>.
 3847: </DL>
 3848: </P><P>
 3849: 
 3850: <A NAME="IDX308"></A>
 3851: <DL>
 3852: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_visible_line</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3853: <DD>Clear the screen lines corresponding to the current line's contents.
 3854: </DL>
 3855: </P><P>
 3856: 
 3857: <A NAME="IDX309"></A>
 3858: <DL>
 3859: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3860: <DD>Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line
 3861: starting on a new line.
 3862: </DL>
 3863: </P><P>
 3864: 
 3865: <A NAME="IDX310"></A>
 3866: <DL>
 3867: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_crlf</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3868: <DD>Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line.
 3869: </DL>
 3870: </P><P>
 3871: 
 3872: <A NAME="IDX311"></A>
 3873: <DL>
 3874: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_show_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 3875: <DD>Display character <VAR>c</VAR> on <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
 3876: If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this
 3877: will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence.
 3878: This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own
 3879: redisplay.
 3880: </DL>
 3881: </P><P>
 3882: 
 3883: <A NAME="IDX312"></A>
 3884: <DL>
 3885: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_message</B> <I>(const char *, <small>...</small>)</I>
 3886: <DD>The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to <CODE>printf</CODE>,
 3887: possibly containing conversion specifications such as <SAMP>`%d'</SAMP>, and
 3888: any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications.
 3889: The resulting string is displayed in the <EM>echo area</EM>.  The echo area
 3890: is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings.
 3891: You should call <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> to save the prompt information
 3892: before calling this function.
 3893: </DL>
 3894: </P><P>
 3895: 
 3896: <A NAME="IDX313"></A>
 3897: <DL>
 3898: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_message</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3899: <DD>Clear the message in the echo area.  If the prompt was saved with a call to
 3900: <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> before the last call to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>,
 3901: call <CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE> before calling this function.
 3902: </DL>
 3903: </P><P>
 3904: 
 3905: <A NAME="IDX314"></A>
 3906: <DL>
 3907: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_save_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3908: <DD>Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for
 3909: displaying a new message in the message area with <CODE>rl_message()</CODE>.
 3910: </DL>
 3911: </P><P>
 3912: 
 3913: <A NAME="IDX315"></A>
 3914: <DL>
 3915: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_restore_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
 3916: <DD>Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most
 3917: recent call to <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE>.
 3918: if <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> was called to save the prompt before a call
 3919: to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>, this function should be called before the
 3920: corresponding call to <CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE>.
 3921: </DL>
 3922: </P><P>
 3923: 
 3924: <A NAME="IDX316"></A>
 3925: <DL>
 3926: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_expand_prompt</B> <I>(char *prompt)</I>
 3927: <DD>Expand any special character sequences in <VAR>prompt</VAR> and set up the
 3928: local Readline prompt redisplay variables.
 3929: This function is called by <CODE>readline()</CODE>.  It may also be called to
 3930: expand the primary prompt if the <CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()</CODE>
 3931: function or <CODE>rl_already_prompted</CODE> variable is used.
 3932: It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the
 3933: (possibly multi-line) prompt.
 3934: Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take
 3935: up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of
 3936: such characters with the special markers <CODE>RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE</CODE>
 3937: and <CODE>RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE</CODE> (declared in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>).  This may
 3938: be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts.
 3939: </DL>
 3940: </P><P>
 3941: 
 3942: <A NAME="IDX317"></A>
 3943: <DL>
 3944: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_prompt</B> <I>(const char *prompt)</I>
 3945: <DD>Make Readline use <VAR>prompt</VAR> for subsequent redisplay.  This calls
 3946: <CODE>rl_expand_prompt()</CODE> to expand the prompt and sets <CODE>rl_prompt</CODE>
 3947: to the result.
 3948: </DL>
 3949: </P><P>
 3950: 
 3951: <A NAME="Modifying Text"></A>
 3952: <HR SIZE="6">
 3953: <A NAME="SEC36"></A>
 3954: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 3955: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 3956: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 3957: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 3958: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 3959: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 3960: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 3961: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 3962: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 3963: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 3964: </TR></TABLE>
 3965: <H3> 2.4.7 Modifying Text </H3>
 3966: <!--docid::SEC36::-->
 3967: <P>
 3968: 
 3969: <A NAME="IDX318"></A>
 3970: <DL>
 3971: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_text</B> <I>(const char *text)</I>
 3972: <DD>Insert <VAR>text</VAR> into the line at the current cursor position.
 3973: Returns the number of characters inserted.
 3974: </DL>
 3975: </P><P>
 3976: 
 3977: <A NAME="IDX319"></A>
 3978: <DL>
 3979: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_delete_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
 3980: <DD>Delete the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line.
 3981: Returns the number of characters deleted.
 3982: </DL>
 3983: </P><P>
 3984: 
 3985: <A NAME="IDX320"></A>
 3986: <DL>
 3987: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_copy_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
 3988: <DD>Return a copy of the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in
 3989: the current line.
 3990: </DL>
 3991: </P><P>
 3992: 
 3993: <A NAME="IDX321"></A>
 3994: <DL>
 3995: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_kill_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
 3996: <DD>Copy the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line
 3997: to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the
 3998: last command was a kill command.  The text is deleted.
 3999: If <VAR>start</VAR> is less than <VAR>end</VAR>,
 4000: the text is appended, otherwise prepended.  If the last command was
 4001: not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used.
 4002: </DL>
 4003: </P><P>
 4004: 
 4005: <A NAME="IDX322"></A>
 4006: <DL>
 4007: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_push_macro_input</B> <I>(char *macro)</I>
 4008: <DD>Cause <VAR>macro</VAR> to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked
 4009: by a key bound to a macro.  Not especially useful; use
 4010: <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> instead.
 4011: </DL>
 4012: </P><P>
 4013: 
 4014: <A NAME="Character Input"></A>
 4015: <HR SIZE="6">
 4016: <A NAME="SEC37"></A>
 4017: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4018: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4019: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4020: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4021: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4022: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4023: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4024: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4025: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4026: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4027: </TR></TABLE>
 4028: <H3> 2.4.8 Character Input </H3>
 4029: <!--docid::SEC37::-->
 4030: <P>
 4031: 
 4032: <A NAME="IDX323"></A>
 4033: <DL>
 4034: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_key</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4035: <DD>Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream.
 4036: This handles input inserted into
 4037: the input stream via <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>)
 4038: and <CODE>rl_stuff_char()</CODE>, macros, and characters read from the keyboard.
 4039: While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to
 4040: the <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE> variable.
 4041: </DL>
 4042: </P><P>
 4043: 
 4044: <A NAME="IDX324"></A>
 4045: <DL>
 4046: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_getc</B> <I>(FILE *stream)</I>
 4047: <DD>Return the next character available from <VAR>stream</VAR>, which is assumed to
 4048: be the keyboard.
 4049: </DL>
 4050: </P><P>
 4051: 
 4052: <A NAME="IDX325"></A>
 4053: <DL>
 4054: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_stuff_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4055: <DD>Insert <VAR>c</VAR> into the Readline input stream.  It will be "read"
 4056: before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with
 4057: <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>.  Up to 512 characters may be pushed back.
 4058: <CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE> returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted;
 4059: 0 otherwise.
 4060: </DL>
 4061: </P><P>
 4062: 
 4063: <A NAME="IDX326"></A>
 4064: <DL>
 4065: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_execute_next</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4066: <DD>Make <VAR>c</VAR> be the next command to be executed when <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>
 4067: is called.  This sets <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>.
 4068: </DL>
 4069: </P><P>
 4070: 
 4071: <A NAME="IDX327"></A>
 4072: <DL>
 4073: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_pending_input</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4074: <DD>Unset <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>, effectively negating the effect of any
 4075: previous call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>.  This works only if the
 4076: pending input has not already been read with <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>.
 4077: </DL>
 4078: </P><P>
 4079: 
 4080: <A NAME="IDX328"></A>
 4081: <DL>
 4082: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
 4083: <DD>While waiting for keyboard input in <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>, Readline will
 4084: wait for <VAR>u</VAR> microseconds for input before calling any function
 4085: assigned to <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE>.  <VAR>u</VAR> must be greater than or equal
 4086: to zero (a zero-length timeout is equivalent to a poll).
 4087: The default waiting period is one-tenth of a second.
 4088: Returns the old timeout value.
 4089: </DL>
 4090: </P><P>
 4091: 
 4092: <A NAME="Terminal Management"></A>
 4093: <HR SIZE="6">
 4094: <A NAME="SEC38"></A>
 4095: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4096: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4097: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4098: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4099: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4100: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4101: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4102: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4103: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4104: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4105: </TR></TABLE>
 4106: <H3> 2.4.9 Terminal Management </H3>
 4107: <!--docid::SEC38::-->
 4108: <P>
 4109: 
 4110: <A NAME="IDX329"></A>
 4111: <DL>
 4112: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_prep_terminal</B> <I>(int meta_flag)</I>
 4113: <DD>Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so <CODE>readline()</CODE>
 4114: can read a single character at a time from the keyboard.
 4115: The <VAR>meta_flag</VAR> argument should be non-zero if Readline should
 4116: read eight-bit input.
 4117: </DL>
 4118: </P><P>
 4119: 
 4120: <A NAME="IDX330"></A>
 4121: <DL>
 4122: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deprep_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4123: <DD>Undo the effects of <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>, leaving the terminal in
 4124: the state in which it was before the most recent call to
 4125: <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>.
 4126: </DL>
 4127: </P><P>
 4128: 
 4129: <A NAME="IDX331"></A>
 4130: <DL>
 4131: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
 4132: <DD>Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be
 4133: displayed by <CODE>stty</CODE>) to their Readline equivalents.
 4134: The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
 4135: </DL>
 4136: </P><P>
 4137: 
 4138: <A NAME="IDX332"></A>
 4139: <DL>
 4140: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
 4141: <DD>Reset the bindings manipulated by <CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE> so
 4142: that the terminal editing characters are bound to <CODE>rl_insert</CODE>.
 4143: The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
 4144: </DL>
 4145: </P><P>
 4146: 
 4147: <A NAME="IDX333"></A>
 4148: <DL>
 4149: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_tty_set_echoing</B> <I>(int value)</I>
 4150: <DD>Set Readline's idea of whether or not it is echoing output to its output
 4151: stream (<VAR>rl_outstream</VAR>).  If <VAR>value</VAR> is 0, Readline does not display
 4152: output to <VAR>rl_outstream</VAR>; any other value enables output.  The initial
 4153: value is set when Readline initializes the terminal settings.
 4154: This function returns the previous value.
 4155: </DL>
 4156: </P><P>
 4157: 
 4158: <A NAME="IDX334"></A>
 4159: <DL>
 4160: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_terminal</B> <I>(const char *terminal_name)</I>
 4161: <DD>Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using
 4162: <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> as the terminal type (e.g., <CODE>vt100</CODE>).
 4163: If <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE>
 4164: environment variable is used.
 4165: </DL>
 4166: </P><P>
 4167: 
 4168: <A NAME="Utility Functions"></A>
 4169: <HR SIZE="6">
 4170: <A NAME="SEC39"></A>
 4171: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4172: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4173: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4174: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4175: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4176: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4177: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4178: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4179: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4180: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4181: </TR></TABLE>
 4182: <H3> 2.4.10 Utility Functions </H3>
 4183: <!--docid::SEC39::-->
 4184: <P>
 4185: 
 4186: <A NAME="IDX335"></A>
 4187: <DL>
 4188: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_save_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
 4189: <DD>Save a snapshot of Readline's internal state to <VAR>sp</VAR>.
 4190: The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
 4191: in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
 4192: The caller is responsible for allocating the structure.
 4193: </DL>
 4194: </P><P>
 4195: 
 4196: <A NAME="IDX336"></A>
 4197: <DL>
 4198: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_restore_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
 4199: <DD>Restore Readline's internal state to that stored in <VAR>sp</VAR>, which must
 4200: have been saved by a call to <CODE>rl_save_state</CODE>.
 4201: The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
 4202: in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
 4203: The caller is responsible for freeing the structure.
 4204: </DL>
 4205: </P><P>
 4206: 
 4207: <A NAME="IDX337"></A>
 4208: <DL>
 4209: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free</B> <I>(void *mem)</I>
 4210: <DD>Deallocate the memory pointed to by <VAR>mem</VAR>.  <VAR>mem</VAR> must have been
 4211: allocated by <CODE>malloc</CODE>.
 4212: </DL>
 4213: </P><P>
 4214: 
 4215: <A NAME="IDX338"></A>
 4216: <DL>
 4217: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_replace_line</B> <I>(const char *text, int clear_undo)</I>
 4218: <DD>Replace the contents of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> with <VAR>text</VAR>.
 4219: The point and mark are preserved, if possible.
 4220: If <VAR>clear_undo</VAR> is non-zero, the undo list associated with the
 4221: current line is cleared.
 4222: </DL>
 4223: </P><P>
 4224: 
 4225: <A NAME="IDX339"></A>
 4226: <DL>
 4227: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_extend_line_buffer</B> <I>(int len)</I>
 4228: <DD>Ensure that <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> has enough space to hold <VAR>len</VAR>
 4229: characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary.
 4230: </DL>
 4231: </P><P>
 4232: 
 4233: <A NAME="IDX340"></A>
 4234: <DL>
 4235: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_initialize</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4236: <DD>Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state.
 4237: It's not strictly necessary to call this; <CODE>readline()</CODE> calls it before
 4238: reading any input.
 4239: </DL>
 4240: </P><P>
 4241: 
 4242: <A NAME="IDX341"></A>
 4243: <DL>
 4244: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_ding</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4245: <DD>Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>.
 4246: </DL>
 4247: </P><P>
 4248: 
 4249: <A NAME="IDX342"></A>
 4250: <DL>
 4251: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_alphabetic</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4252: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an alphabetic character.
 4253: </DL>
 4254: </P><P>
 4255: 
 4256: <A NAME="IDX343"></A>
 4257: <DL>
 4258: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_display_match_list</B> <I>(char **matches, int len, int max)</I>
 4259: <DD>A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
 4260: columnar format on Readline's output stream.  <CODE>matches</CODE> is the list
 4261: of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches.
 4262: <CODE>len</CODE> is the number of strings in <CODE>matches</CODE>, and <CODE>max</CODE>
 4263: is the length of the longest string in <CODE>matches</CODE>.  This function uses
 4264: the setting of <CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE> to select how the
 4265: matches are displayed (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
 4266: When displaying completions, this function sets the number of columns used
 4267: for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
 4268: the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
 4269: </DL>
 4270: </P><P>
 4271: 
 4272: The following are implemented as macros, defined in <CODE>chardefs.h</CODE>.
 4273: Applications should refrain from using them.
 4274: </P><P>
 4275: 
 4276: <A NAME="IDX344"></A>
 4277: <DL>
 4278: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_uppercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4279: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character.
 4280: </DL>
 4281: </P><P>
 4282: 
 4283: <A NAME="IDX345"></A>
 4284: <DL>
 4285: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_lowercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4286: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character.
 4287: </DL>
 4288: </P><P>
 4289: 
 4290: <A NAME="IDX346"></A>
 4291: <DL>
 4292: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4293: <DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a numeric character.
 4294: </DL>
 4295: </P><P>
 4296: 
 4297: <A NAME="IDX347"></A>
 4298: <DL>
 4299: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_upper</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4300: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
 4301: uppercase character.
 4302: </DL>
 4303: </P><P>
 4304: 
 4305: <A NAME="IDX348"></A>
 4306: <DL>
 4307: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_lower</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4308: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
 4309: lowercase character.
 4310: </DL>
 4311: </P><P>
 4312: 
 4313: <A NAME="IDX349"></A>
 4314: <DL>
 4315: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_value</B> <I>(int c)</I>
 4316: <DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a number, return the value it represents.
 4317: </DL>
 4318: </P><P>
 4319: 
 4320: <A NAME="Miscellaneous Functions"></A>
 4321: <HR SIZE="6">
 4322: <A NAME="SEC40"></A>
 4323: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4324: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4325: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4326: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4327: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4328: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4329: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4330: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4331: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4332: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4333: </TR></TABLE>
 4334: <H3> 2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions </H3>
 4335: <!--docid::SEC40::-->
 4336: <P>
 4337: 
 4338: <A NAME="IDX350"></A>
 4339: <DL>
 4340: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_macro_bind</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)</I>
 4341: <DD>Bind the key sequence <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to invoke the macro <VAR>macro</VAR>.
 4342: The binding is performed in <VAR>map</VAR>.  When <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invoked, the
 4343: <VAR>macro</VAR> will be inserted into the line.  This function is deprecated;
 4344: use <CODE>rl_generic_bind()</CODE> instead.
 4345: </DL>
 4346: </P><P>
 4347: 
 4348: <A NAME="IDX351"></A>
 4349: <DL>
 4350: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_macro_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
 4351: <DD>Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using
 4352: the current keymap, to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
 4353: If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
 4354: that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
 4355: </DL>
 4356: </P><P>
 4357: 
 4358: <A NAME="IDX352"></A>
 4359: <DL>
 4360: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_variable_bind</B> <I>(const char *variable, const char *value)</I>
 4361: <DD>Make the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR> have <VAR>value</VAR>.
 4362: This behaves as if the readline command
 4363: <SAMP>`set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>'</SAMP> had been executed in an <CODE>inputrc</CODE>
 4364: file (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
 4365: </DL>
 4366: </P><P>
 4367: 
 4368: <A NAME="IDX353"></A>
 4369: <DL>
 4370: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_variable_value</B> <I>(const char *variable)</I>
 4371: <DD>Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR>.
 4372: For boolean variables, this string is either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
 4373: </DL>
 4374: </P><P>
 4375: 
 4376: <A NAME="IDX354"></A>
 4377: <DL>
 4378: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_variable_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
 4379: <DD>Print the readline variable names and their current values
 4380: to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
 4381: If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
 4382: that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
 4383: </DL>
 4384: </P><P>
 4385: 
 4386: <A NAME="IDX355"></A>
 4387: <DL>
 4388: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
 4389: <DD>Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing
 4390: a balancing character when <CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE> has been enabled.
 4391: </DL>
 4392: </P><P>
 4393: 
 4394: <A NAME="IDX356"></A>
 4395: <DL>
 4396: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_termcap</B> <I>(const char *cap)</I>
 4397: <DD>Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability <VAR>cap</VAR>.
 4398: Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and
 4399: uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other
 4400: terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line.  Readline does not
 4401: use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return
 4402: values for only those capabilities Readline uses.
 4403: </DL>
 4404: </P><P>
 4405: 
 4406: <A NAME="IDX357"></A>
 4407: <DL>
 4408: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_clear_history</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4409: <DD>Clear the history list by deleting all of the entries, in the same manner
 4410: as the History library's <CODE>clear_history()</CODE> function.
 4411: This differs from <CODE>clear_history</CODE> because it frees private data
 4412: Readline saves in the history list.
 4413: </DL>
 4414: </P><P>
 4415: 
 4416: <A NAME="IDX358"></A>
 4417: <DL>
 4418: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_activate_mark</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4419: <DD>Enable an <EM>active</EM> mark.
 4420: When this is enabled, the text between point and mark (the <VAR>region</VAR>) is
 4421: displayed in the terminal's standout mode (a <VAR>face</VAR>).
 4422: This is called by various readline functions that set the mark and insert
 4423: text, and is available for applications to call.
 4424: </DL>
 4425: </P><P>
 4426: 
 4427: <A NAME="IDX359"></A>
 4428: <DL>
 4429: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deactivate_mark</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4430: <DD>Turn off the active mark.
 4431: </DL>
 4432: </P><P>
 4433: 
 4434: <A NAME="IDX360"></A>
 4435: <DL>
 4436: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_keep_mark_active</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4437: <DD>Indicate that the mark should remain active when the current readline function
 4438: completes and after redisplay occurs.
 4439: In most cases, the mark remains active for only the duration of a single
 4440: bindable readline function.
 4441: </DL>
 4442: </P><P>
 4443: 
 4444: <A NAME="IDX361"></A>
 4445: <DL>
 4446: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_mark_active_p</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4447: <DD>Return a non-zero value if the mark is currently active; zero otherwise.
 4448: </DL>
 4449: </P><P>
 4450: 
 4451: <A NAME="Alternate Interface"></A>
 4452: <HR SIZE="6">
 4453: <A NAME="SEC41"></A>
 4454: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4455: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4456: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4457: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4458: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4459: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4460: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4461: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4462: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4463: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4464: </TR></TABLE>
 4465: <H3> 2.4.12 Alternate Interface </H3>
 4466: <!--docid::SEC41::-->
 4467: <P>
 4468: 
 4469: An alternate interface is available to plain <CODE>readline()</CODE>.  Some
 4470: applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or
 4471: window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to <CODE>select()</CODE>
 4472: on various file descriptors.  To accommodate this need, readline can
 4473: also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop.  There
 4474: are functions available to make this easy.
 4475: </P><P>
 4476: 
 4477: <A NAME="IDX362"></A>
 4478: <DL>
 4479: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_install</B> <I>(const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler)</I>
 4480: <DD>Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial
 4481: expanded value of <VAR>prompt</VAR>.  Save the value of <VAR>lhandler</VAR> to
 4482: use as a handler function to call when a complete line of input has been
 4483: entered.
 4484: The handler function receives the text of the line as an argument.
 4485: As with <CODE>readline()</CODE>, the handler function should <CODE>free</CODE> the
 4486: line when it it finished with it.
 4487: </DL>
 4488: </P><P>
 4489: 
 4490: <A NAME="IDX363"></A>
 4491: <DL>
 4492: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_read_char</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4493: <DD>Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it
 4494: should call <CODE>rl_callback_read_char()</CODE>, which will read the next
 4495: character from the current input source.
 4496: If that character completes the line, <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> will
 4497: invoke the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function installed by
 4498: <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> to process the line.
 4499: Before calling the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function, the terminal settings are
 4500: reset to the values they had before calling
 4501: <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>.
 4502: If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function returns,
 4503: and the line handler remains installed,
 4504: the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again.
 4505: <CODE>EOF</CODE> is indicated by calling <VAR>lhandler</VAR> with a
 4506: <CODE>NULL</CODE> line.
 4507: </DL>
 4508: </P><P>
 4509: 
 4510: <A NAME="IDX364"></A>
 4511: <DL>
 4512: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_sigcleanup</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4513: <DD>Clean up any internal state the callback interface uses to maintain state
 4514: between calls to rl_callback_read_char (e.g., the state of any active
 4515: incremental searches).  This is intended to be used by applications that
 4516: wish to perform their own signal handling; Readline's internal signal handler
 4517: calls this when appropriate.
 4518: </DL>
 4519: </P><P>
 4520: 
 4521: <A NAME="IDX365"></A>
 4522: <DL>
 4523: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_remove</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4524: <DD>Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler.
 4525: You may call this function from within a callback as well as independently.
 4526: If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> installed by <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>
 4527: does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred
 4528: to by the value of <CODE>rl_deprep_term_function</CODE> should be called before
 4529: the program exits to reset the terminal settings.
 4530: </DL>
 4531: </P><P>
 4532: 
 4533: <A NAME="A Readline Example"></A>
 4534: <HR SIZE="6">
 4535: <A NAME="SEC42"></A>
 4536: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4537: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4538: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4539: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4540: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4541: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4542: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4543: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4544: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4545: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4546: </TR></TABLE>
 4547: <H3> 2.4.13 A Readline Example </H3>
 4548: <!--docid::SEC42::-->
 4549: <P>
 4550: 
 4551: Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase
 4552: equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase.  If
 4553: this function was bound to <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP>, then typing <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP> would
 4554: change the case of the character under point.  Typing <SAMP>`M-1 0 M-c'</SAMP>
 4555: would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on
 4556: the last character changed.
 4557: </P><P>
 4558: 
 4559: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
 4560: int
 4561: invert_case_line (count, key)
 4562:      int count, key;
 4563: {
 4564:   register int start, end, i;
 4565: 
 4566:   start = rl_point;
 4567: 
 4568:   if (rl_point &#62;= rl_end)
 4569:     return (0);
 4570: 
 4571:   if (count &#60; 0)
 4572:     {
 4573:       direction = -1;
 4574:       count = -count;
 4575:     }
 4576:   else
 4577:     direction = 1;
 4578:       
 4579:   /* Find the end of the range to modify. */
 4580:   end = start + (count * direction);
 4581: 
 4582:   /* Force it to be within range. */
 4583:   if (end &#62; rl_end)
 4584:     end = rl_end;
 4585:   else if (end &#60; 0)
 4586:     end = 0;
 4587: 
 4588:   if (start == end)
 4589:     return (0);
 4590: 
 4591:   if (start &#62; end)
 4592:     {
 4593:       int temp = start;
 4594:       start = end;
 4595:       end = temp;
 4596:     }
 4597: 
 4598:   /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line,
 4599:      so it will save the undo information. */
 4600:   rl_modifying (start, end);
 4601: 
 4602:   for (i = start; i != end; i++)
 4603:     {
 4604:       if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
 4605:         rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]);
 4606:       else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
 4607:         rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]);
 4608:     }
 4609:   /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
 4610:   rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start;
 4611:   return (0);
 4612: }
 4613: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 4614: 
 4615: <A NAME="Alternate Interface Example"></A>
 4616: <HR SIZE="6">
 4617: <A NAME="SEC43"></A>
 4618: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4619: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4620: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4621: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4622: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4623: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4624: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4625: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4626: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4627: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4628: </TR></TABLE>
 4629: <H3> 2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example </H3>
 4630: <!--docid::SEC43::-->
 4631: <P>
 4632: 
 4633: Here is a complete program that illustrates Readline's alternate interface.
 4634: It reads lines from the terminal and displays them, providing the
 4635: standard history and TAB completion functions.
 4636: It understands the EOF character or "exit" to exit the program.
 4637: </P><P>
 4638: 
 4639: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=example><pre>/* Standard include files. stdio.h is required. */
 4640: #include &#60;stdlib.h&#62;
 4641: #include &#60;string.h&#62;
 4642: #include &#60;unistd.h&#62;
 4643: #include &#60;locale.h&#62;
 4644: 
 4645: /* Used for select(2) */
 4646: #include &#60;sys/types.h&#62;
 4647: #include &#60;sys/select.h&#62;
 4648: 
 4649: #include &#60;signal.h&#62;
 4650: 
 4651: #include &#60;stdio.h&#62;
 4652: 
 4653: /* Standard readline include files. */
 4654: #include &#60;readline/readline.h&#62;
 4655: #include &#60;readline/history.h&#62;
 4656: 
 4657: static void cb_linehandler (char *);
 4658: static void sighandler (int);
 4659: 
 4660: int running;
 4661: int sigwinch_received;
 4662: const char *prompt = "rltest$ ";
 4663: 
 4664: /* Handle SIGWINCH and window size changes when readline is not active and
 4665:    reading a character. */
 4666: static void
 4667: sighandler (int sig)
 4668: {
 4669:   sigwinch_received = 1;
 4670: }
 4671: 
 4672: /* Callback function called for each line when accept-line executed, EOF
 4673:    seen, or EOF character read.  This sets a flag and returns; it could
 4674:    also call exit(3). */
 4675: static void
 4676: cb_linehandler (char *line)
 4677: {
 4678:   /* Can use ^D (stty eof) or `exit' to exit. */
 4679:   if (line == NULL || strcmp (line, "exit") == 0)
 4680:     {
 4681:       if (line == 0)
 4682:         printf ("\n");
 4683:       printf ("exit\n");
 4684:       /* This function needs to be called to reset the terminal settings,
 4685:          and calling it from the line handler keeps one extra prompt from
 4686:          being displayed. */
 4687:       rl_callback_handler_remove ();
 4688: 
 4689:       running = 0;
 4690:     }
 4691:   else
 4692:     {
 4693:       if (*line)
 4694:         add_history (line);
 4695:       printf ("input line: %s\n", line);
 4696:       free (line);
 4697:     }
 4698: }
 4699: 
 4700: int
 4701: main (int c, char **v)
 4702: {
 4703:   fd_set fds;
 4704:   int r;
 4705: 
 4706:   /* Set the default locale values according to environment variables. */
 4707:   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
 4708: 
 4709:   /* Handle window size changes when readline is not active and reading
 4710:      characters. */
 4711:   signal (SIGWINCH, sighandler);
 4712: 
 4713:   /* Install the line handler. */
 4714:   rl_callback_handler_install (prompt, cb_linehandler);
 4715: 
 4716:   /* Enter a simple event loop.  This waits until something is available
 4717:      to read on readline's input stream (defaults to standard input) and
 4718:      calls the builtin character read callback to read it.  It does not
 4719:      have to modify the user's terminal settings. */
 4720:   running = 1;
 4721:   while (running)
 4722:     {
 4723:       FD_ZERO (&#38;fds);
 4724:       FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &#38;fds);    
 4725: 
 4726:       r = select (FD_SETSIZE, &#38;fds, NULL, NULL, NULL);
 4727:       if (r &#60; 0 &#38;&#38; errno != EINTR)
 4728:         {
 4729:           perror ("rltest: select");
 4730:           rl_callback_handler_remove ();
 4731:           break;
 4732:         }
 4733:       if (sigwinch_received)
 4734: 	{
 4735: 	  rl_resize_terminal ();
 4736: 	  sigwinch_received = 0;
 4737: 	}
 4738:       if (r &#60; 0)
 4739: 	continue;     
 4740: 
 4741:       if (FD_ISSET (fileno (rl_instream), &#38;fds))
 4742:         rl_callback_read_char ();
 4743:     }
 4744: 
 4745:   printf ("rltest: Event loop has exited\n");
 4746:   return 0;
 4747: }
 4748: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 4749: 
 4750: <A NAME="Readline Signal Handling"></A>
 4751: <HR SIZE="6">
 4752: <A NAME="SEC44"></A>
 4753: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 4754: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 4755: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 4756: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 4757: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 4758: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 4759: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 4760: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 4761: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 4762: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 4763: </TR></TABLE>
 4764: <H2> 2.5 Readline Signal Handling </H2>
 4765: <!--docid::SEC44::-->
 4766: <P>
 4767: 
 4768: Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel,
 4769: sometimes on behalf of another process.  They are intended to indicate
 4770: exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal,
 4771: or a network connection being broken.  There is a class of signals that can
 4772: be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard.  Since
 4773: Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to
 4774: perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to
 4775: restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with
 4776: functions to do so manually. 
 4777: </P><P>
 4778: 
 4779: Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a
 4780: number of signals (<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>,
 4781: <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, 
 4782: <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>).
 4783: When one of these signals is received, the signal handler
 4784: will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before
 4785: <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, reset the signal handling to what it was
 4786: before <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and resend the signal to the calling
 4787: application.
 4788: If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline
 4789: will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input.
 4790: When a <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> is received, the Readline signal handler performs
 4791: some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be
 4792: aborted (see the description of <CODE>rl_free_line_state()</CODE> below).
 4793: </P><P>
 4794: 
 4795: There is an additional Readline signal handler, for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, which
 4796: the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for
 4797: example, if a user resizes an <CODE>xterm</CODE>).  The Readline <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
 4798: handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls
 4799: any <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler the calling application has installed. 
 4800: Readline calls the application's <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler without
 4801: resetting the terminal to its original state.  If the application's signal
 4802: handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for
 4803: example, a <CODE>longjmp</CODE> back to a main processing loop), it <EM>must</EM>
 4804: call <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE> (described below), to restore the
 4805: terminal state.
 4806: </P><P>
 4807: 
 4808: When an application is using the callback interface
 4809: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>), Readline installs signal handlers only for
 4810: the duration of the call to <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>.  Applications
 4811: using the callback interface should be prepared to clean up Readline's
 4812: state if they wish to handle the signal before the line handler completes
 4813: and restores the terminal state.
 4814: </P><P>
 4815: 
 4816: If an application using the callback interface wishes to have Readline
 4817: install its signal handlers at the time the application calls
 4818: <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> and remove them only when a complete
 4819: line of input has been read, it should set the
 4820: <CODE>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</CODE> variable to a non-zero value.
 4821: This allows an application to defer all of the handling of the signals
 4822: Readline catches to Readline.
 4823: Applications should use this variable with care; it can result in Readline
 4824: catching signals and not acting on them (or allowing the application to react
 4825: to them) until the application calls <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>.  This
 4826: can result in an application becoming less responsive to keyboard signals
 4827: like SIGINT.
 4828: If an application does not want or need to perform any signal handling, or
 4829: does not need to do any processing between calls to <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>,
 4830: setting this variable may be desirable.
 4831: </P><P>
 4832: 
 4833: Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to
 4834: control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them
 4835: when they are received.  It is important that applications change the
 4836: values of these variables only when calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>, not in
 4837: a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted.
 4838: </P><P>
 4839: 
 4840: <A NAME="IDX366"></A>
 4841: <DL>
 4842: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_signals</B>
 4843: <DD>If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for
 4844: <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>,
 4845: <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>.
 4846: </P><P>
 4847: 
 4848: The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> is 1.
 4849: </DL>
 4850: </P><P>
 4851: 
 4852: <A NAME="IDX367"></A>
 4853: <DL>
 4854: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_sigwinch</B>
 4855: <DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
 4856: Readline will install a signal handler for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>.
 4857: </P><P>
 4858: 
 4859: The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE> is 1.
 4860: </DL>
 4861: </P><P>
 4862: 
 4863: <A NAME="IDX368"></A>
 4864: <DL>
 4865: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</B>
 4866: <DD>If an application using the callback interface wishes Readline's signal
 4867: handlers to be installed and active during the set of calls to
 4868: <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> that constitutes an entire single line,
 4869: it should set this variable to a non-zero value.
 4870: </P><P>
 4871: 
 4872: The default value of <CODE>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</CODE> is 0.
 4873: </DL>
 4874: </P><P>
 4875: 
 4876: <A NAME="IDX369"></A>
 4877: <DL>
 4878: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_change_environment</B>
 4879: <DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value,
 4880: and Readline is handling <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, Readline will modify the
 4881: <VAR>LINES</VAR> and <VAR>COLUMNS</VAR> environment variables upon receipt of a
 4882: <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
 4883: </P><P>
 4884: 
 4885: The default value of <CODE>rl_change_environment</CODE> is 1.
 4886: </DL>
 4887: </P><P>
 4888: 
 4889: If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or
 4890: to handle signals other than those Readline catches (<CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>,
 4891: for example), 
 4892: Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal
 4893: and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal.
 4894: </P><P>
 4895: 
 4896: <A NAME="IDX370"></A>
 4897: <DL>
 4898: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_pending_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4899: <DD>Return the signal number of the most recent signal Readline received but
 4900: has not yet handled, or 0 if there is no pending signal.
 4901: </DL>
 4902: </P><P>
 4903: 
 4904: <A NAME="IDX371"></A>
 4905: <DL>
 4906: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_cleanup_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4907: <DD>This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before
 4908: <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for
 4909: all signals, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
 4910: <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
 4911: </DL>
 4912: </P><P>
 4913: 
 4914: <A NAME="IDX372"></A>
 4915: <DL>
 4916: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4917: <DD>This will free any partial state associated with the current input line
 4918: (undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered
 4919: keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument).  This
 4920: should be called before <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE>.  The
 4921: Readline signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> calls this to abort the
 4922: current input line.
 4923: </DL>
 4924: </P><P>
 4925: 
 4926: <A NAME="IDX373"></A>
 4927: <DL>
 4928: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4929: <DD>This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal
 4930: handlers, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
 4931: <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
 4932: </DL>
 4933: </P><P>
 4934: 
 4935: If an application wants to force Readline to handle any signals that
 4936: have arrived while it has been executing, <CODE>rl_check_signals()</CODE>
 4937: will call Readline's internal signal handler if there are any pending
 4938: signals.  This is primarily intended for those applications that use
 4939: a custom <CODE>rl_getc_function</CODE> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>) and wish
 4940: to handle signals received while waiting for input.
 4941: </P><P>
 4942: 
 4943: <A NAME="IDX374"></A>
 4944: <DL>
 4945: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_check_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4946: <DD>If there are any pending signals, call Readline's internal signal handling
 4947: functions to process them. <CODE>rl_pending_signal()</CODE> can be used independently
 4948: to determine whether or not there are any pending signals.
 4949: </DL>
 4950: </P><P>
 4951: 
 4952: If an application does not wish Readline to catch <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, it may
 4953: call <CODE>rl_resize_terminal()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_set_screen_size()</CODE> to force
 4954: Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when it receives
 4955: a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>.
 4956: </P><P>
 4957: 
 4958: <A NAME="IDX375"></A>
 4959: <DL>
 4960: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_echo_signal_char</B> <I>(int sig)</I>
 4961: <DD>If an application wishes to install its own signal handlers, but still
 4962: have readline display characters that generate signals, calling this
 4963: function with <VAR>sig</VAR> set to <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, or
 4964: <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE> will display the character generating that signal.
 4965: </DL>
 4966: </P><P>
 4967: 
 4968: <A NAME="IDX376"></A>
 4969: <DL>
 4970: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_resize_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
 4971: <DD>Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel.
 4972: </DL>
 4973: </P><P>
 4974: 
 4975: <A NAME="IDX377"></A>
 4976: <DL>
 4977: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_screen_size</B> <I>(int rows, int cols)</I>
 4978: <DD>Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to <VAR>rows</VAR> rows and
 4979: <VAR>cols</VAR> columns.  If either <VAR>rows</VAR> or <VAR>columns</VAR> is less than
 4980: or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged.
 4981: This is intended to tell Readline the physical dimensions of the terminal,
 4982: and is used internally to calculate the maximum number of characters that
 4983: may appear on a single line and on the screen.
 4984: </DL>
 4985: </P><P>
 4986: 
 4987: If an application does not want to install a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> handler, but
 4988: is still interested in the screen dimensions, it may query Readline's idea
 4989: of the screen size.
 4990: </P><P>
 4991: 
 4992: <A NAME="IDX378"></A>
 4993: <DL>
 4994: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_get_screen_size</B> <I>(int *rows, int *cols)</I>
 4995: <DD>Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the
 4996: variables pointed to by the arguments.
 4997: </DL>
 4998: </P><P>
 4999: 
 5000: <A NAME="IDX379"></A>
 5001: <DL>
 5002: <DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_screen_size</B> <I>(void)</I>
 5003: <DD>Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions.
 5004: </DL>
 5005: </P><P>
 5006: 
 5007: The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers.
 5008: </P><P>
 5009: 
 5010: <A NAME="IDX380"></A>
 5011: <DL>
 5012: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
 5013: <DD>Install Readline's signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>,
 5014: <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>,
 5015: <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, depending on the values of
 5016: <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
 5017: </DL>
 5018: </P><P>
 5019: 
 5020: <A NAME="IDX381"></A>
 5021: <DL>
 5022: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
 5023: <DD>Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by
 5024: <CODE>rl_set_signals()</CODE>.
 5025: </DL>
 5026: </P><P>
 5027: 
 5028: <A NAME="Custom Completers"></A>
 5029: <HR SIZE="6">
 5030: <A NAME="SEC45"></A>
 5031: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 5032: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 5033: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 5034: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 5035: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
 5036: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 5037: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 5038: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 5039: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 5040: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 5041: </TR></TABLE>
 5042: <H2> 2.6 Custom Completers </H2>
 5043: <!--docid::SEC45::-->
 5044: <P>
 5045: 
 5046: Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of
 5047: disambiguating commands and data.  If your program is one of these, then
 5048: it can provide completion for commands, data, or both.
 5049: The following sections describe how your program and Readline
 5050: cooperate to provide this service.
 5051: </P><P>
 5052: 
 5053: <BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> 
 5054: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The logic used to do completion.</TD></TR>
 5055: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions provided by Readline.</TD></TR>
 5056: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables which control completion.</TD></TR>
 5057: <TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A></TD><TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;</TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example of writing completer subroutines.</TD></TR>
 5058: </TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
 5059: <P>
 5060: 
 5061: <A NAME="How Completing Works"></A>
 5062: <HR SIZE="6">
 5063: <A NAME="SEC46"></A>
 5064: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 5065: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 5066: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 5067: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 5068: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
 5069: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 5070: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 5071: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 5072: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 5073: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 5074: </TR></TABLE>
 5075: <H3> 2.6.1 How Completing Works </H3>
 5076: <!--docid::SEC46::-->
 5077: <P>
 5078: 
 5079: In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions
 5080: must be available.  That is, it is not possible to accurately
 5081: expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words
 5082: which make sense in that context.  The Readline library provides
 5083: the user interface to completion, and two of the most common
 5084: completion functions:  filename and username.  For completing other types
 5085: of text, you must write your own completion function.  This section
 5086: describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example.
 5087: </P><P>
 5088: 
 5089: There are three major functions used to perform completion:
 5090: </P><P>
 5091: 
 5092: <OL>
 5093: <LI>
 5094: The user-interface function <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.  This function is
 5095: called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions:
 5096: <VAR>count</VAR> and <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
 5097: It isolates the word to be completed and calls
 5098: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> to generate a list of possible completions.
 5099: It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible
 5100: completions, or actually performs the
 5101: completion, depending on which behavior is desired.
 5102: <P>
 5103: 
 5104: <LI>
 5105: The internal function <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> uses an
 5106: application-supplied <EM>generator</EM> function to generate the list of
 5107: possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches.
 5108: The caller should place the address of its generator function in
 5109: <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>.
 5110: <P>
 5111: 
 5112: <LI>
 5113: The generator function is called repeatedly from
 5114: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>, returning a string each time.  The
 5115: arguments to the generator function are <VAR>text</VAR> and <VAR>state</VAR>.
 5116: <VAR>text</VAR> is the partial word to be completed.  <VAR>state</VAR> is zero the
 5117: first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform
 5118: any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for
 5119: each subsequent call.  The generator function returns
 5120: <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> to inform <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> that there are
 5121: no more possibilities left.  Usually the generator function computes the
 5122: list of possible completions when <VAR>state</VAR> is zero, and returns them
 5123: one at a time on subsequent calls.  Each string the generator function
 5124: returns as a match must be allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; Readline
 5125: frees the strings when it has finished with them.
 5126: Such a generator function is referred to as an
 5127: <EM>application-specific completion function</EM>.
 5128: <P>
 5129: 
 5130: </OL>
 5131: <P>
 5132: 
 5133: <A NAME="IDX382"></A>
 5134: <DL>
 5135: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
 5136: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
 5137: that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
 5138: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>).  The default is to do filename completion.
 5139: </DL>
 5140: </P><P>
 5141: 
 5142: <A NAME="IDX383"></A>
 5143: <DL>
 5144: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
 5145: <DD>This is a pointer to the generator function for
 5146: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
 5147: If the value of <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> is
 5148: <CODE>NULL</CODE> then the default filename generator
 5149: function, <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>, is used.
 5150: An <EM>application-specific completion function</EM> is a function whose
 5151: address is assigned to <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> and whose
 5152: return values are used to  generate possible completions.
 5153: </DL>
 5154: </P><P>
 5155: 
 5156: <A NAME="Completion Functions"></A>
 5157: <HR SIZE="6">
 5158: <A NAME="SEC47"></A>
 5159: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 5160: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 5161: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 5162: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 5163: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
 5164: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 5165: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 5166: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 5167: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 5168: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 5169: </TR></TABLE>
 5170: <H3> 2.6.2 Completion Functions </H3>
 5171: <!--docid::SEC47::-->
 5172: <P>
 5173: 
 5174: Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in
 5175: Readline.
 5176: </P><P>
 5177: 
 5178: <A NAME="IDX384"></A>
 5179: <DL>
 5180: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete_internal</B> <I>(int what_to_do)</I>
 5181: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  <VAR>what_to_do</VAR> says what to do
 5182: with the completion.  A value of <SAMP>`?'</SAMP> means list the possible
 5183: completions.  <SAMP>`TAB'</SAMP> means do standard completion.  <SAMP>`*'</SAMP> means
 5184: insert all of the possible completions.  <SAMP>`!'</SAMP> means to display
 5185: all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as
 5186: performing partial completion.  <SAMP>`@'</SAMP> is similar to <SAMP>`!'</SAMP>, but
 5187: possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share
 5188: a common prefix.
 5189: </DL>
 5190: </P><P>
 5191: 
 5192: <A NAME="IDX385"></A>
 5193: <DL>
 5194: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
 5195: <DD>Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
 5196: that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
 5197: <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> and <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>).
 5198: The default is to do filename
 5199: completion.  This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an
 5200: argument depending on <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
 5201: </DL>
 5202: </P><P>
 5203: 
 5204: <A NAME="IDX386"></A>
 5205: <DL>
 5206: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_possible_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
 5207: <DD>List the possible completions.  See description of <CODE>rl_complete
 5208: ()</CODE>.  This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of
 5209: <SAMP>`?'</SAMP>.
 5210: </DL>
 5211: </P><P>
 5212: 
 5213: <A NAME="IDX387"></A>
 5214: <DL>
 5215: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
 5216: <DD>Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the
 5217: partially-completed word.  See description of <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
 5218: This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of <SAMP>`*'</SAMP>.
 5219: </DL>
 5220: </P><P>
 5221: 
 5222: <A NAME="IDX388"></A>
 5223: <DL>
 5224: <DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mode</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *cfunc)</I>
 5225: <DD>Returns the appropriate value to pass to <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
 5226: depending on whether <VAR>cfunc</VAR> was called twice in succession and
 5227: the values of the <CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE> and
 5228: <CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE> variables.
 5229: Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present
 5230: the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
 5231: </DL>
 5232: </P><P>
 5233: 
 5234: <A NAME="IDX389"></A>
 5235: <DL>
 5236: <DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_completion_matches</B> <I>(const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func)</I>
 5237: <DD>Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for
 5238: <VAR>text</VAR>.  If there are no completions, returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>.
 5239: The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for <VAR>text</VAR>.
 5240: The remaining entries are the possible completions.  The array is
 5241: terminated with a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer.
 5242: </P><P>
 5243: 
 5244: <VAR>entry_func</VAR> is a function of two args, and returns a
 5245: <CODE>char *</CODE>.  The first argument is <VAR>text</VAR>.  The second is a
 5246: state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent
 5247: calls.  <VAR>entry_func</VAR> returns a <CODE>NULL</CODE>  pointer to the caller
 5248: when there are no more matches.
 5249: </DL>
 5250: </P><P>
 5251: 
 5252: <A NAME="IDX390"></A>
 5253: <DL>
 5254: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_filename_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
 5255: <DD>A generator function for filename completion in the general case.
 5256: <VAR>text</VAR> is a partial filename.
 5257: The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific
 5258: completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other
 5259: Readline functions).
 5260: </DL>
 5261: </P><P>
 5262: 
 5263: <A NAME="IDX391"></A>
 5264: <DL>
 5265: <DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_username_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
 5266: <DD>A completion generator for usernames.  <VAR>text</VAR> contains a partial
 5267: username preceded by a random character (usually <SAMP>`~'</SAMP>).  As with all
 5268: completion generators, <VAR>state</VAR> is zero on the first call and non-zero
 5269: for subsequent calls.
 5270: </DL>
 5271: </P><P>
 5272: 
 5273: <A NAME="Completion Variables"></A>
 5274: <HR SIZE="6">
 5275: <A NAME="SEC48"></A>
 5276: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 5277: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 5278: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 5279: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 5280: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
 5281: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 5282: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 5283: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 5284: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 5285: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 5286: </TR></TABLE>
 5287: <H3> 2.6.3 Completion Variables </H3>
 5288: <!--docid::SEC48::-->
 5289: <P>
 5290: 
 5291: <A NAME="IDX392"></A>
 5292: <DL>
 5293: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
 5294: <DD>A pointer to the generator function for <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
 5295: <CODE>NULL</CODE> means to use <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>,
 5296: the default filename completer.
 5297: </DL>
 5298: </P><P>
 5299: 
 5300: <A NAME="IDX393"></A>
 5301: <DL>
 5302: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_completion_func_t * <B>rl_attempted_completion_function</B>
 5303: <DD>A pointer to an alternative function to create matches.
 5304: The function is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>start</VAR>, and <VAR>end</VAR>.
 5305: <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> are indices in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> defining
 5306: the boundaries of <VAR>text</VAR>, which is a character string.
 5307: If this function exists and returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, or if this variable is
 5308: set to <CODE>NULL</CODE>, then <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE> will call the value of
 5309: <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> to generate matches, otherwise the
 5310: array of strings returned will be used.
 5311: If this function sets the <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_over</CODE>
 5312: variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default
 5313: completion even if this function returns no matches.
 5314: </DL>
 5315: </P><P>
 5316: 
 5317: <A NAME="IDX394"></A>
 5318: <DL>
 5319: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_quote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_quoting_function</B>
 5320: <DD>A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an
 5321: application-specific fashion.  This is called if filename completion is being
 5322: attempted and one of the characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE>
 5323: appears in a completed filename.  The function is called with
 5324: <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>match_type</VAR>, and <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR>.  The <VAR>text</VAR>
 5325: is the filename to be quoted.  The <VAR>match_type</VAR> is either
 5326: <CODE>SINGLE_MATCH</CODE>, if there is only one completion match, or
 5327: <CODE>MULT_MATCH</CODE>.  Some functions use this to decide whether or not to
 5328: insert a closing quote character.  The <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR> is a pointer
 5329: to any opening quote character the user typed.  Some functions choose
 5330: to reset this character.
 5331: </DL>
 5332: </P><P>
 5333: 
 5334: <A NAME="IDX395"></A>
 5335: <DL>
 5336: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_dequoting_function</B>
 5337: <DD>A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting
 5338: characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those
 5339: characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in
 5340: the filesystem.  It is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the word
 5341: to be dequoted, and <VAR>quote_char</VAR>, which is the quoting character 
 5342: that delimits the filename (usually <SAMP>`''</SAMP> or <SAMP>`"'</SAMP>).  If
 5343: <VAR>quote_char</VAR> is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string.
 5344: </DL>
 5345: </P><P>
 5346: 
 5347: <A NAME="IDX396"></A>
 5348: <DL>
 5349: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_linebuf_func_t * <B>rl_char_is_quoted_p</B>
 5350: <DD>A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific
 5351: character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting
 5352: mechanism the program calling Readline uses.  The function is called with
 5353: two arguments: <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the line, and <VAR>index</VAR>, the
 5354: index of the character in the line.  It is used to decide whether a
 5355: character found in <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> should be
 5356: used to break words for the completer.
 5357: </DL>
 5358: </P><P>
 5359: 
 5360: <A NAME="IDX397"></A>
 5361: <DL>
 5362: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compignore_func_t * <B>rl_ignore_some_completions_function</B>
 5363: <DD>This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename
 5364: completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated.
 5365: It is passed a <CODE>NULL</CODE> terminated array of matches.
 5366: The first element (<CODE>matches[0]</CODE>) is the
 5367: maximal substring common to all matches. This function can
 5368: re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted
 5369: from the array must be freed.
 5370: </DL>
 5371: </P><P>
 5372: 
 5373: <A NAME="IDX398"></A>
 5374: <DL>
 5375: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_completion_hook</B>
 5376: <DD>This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion
 5377: of filenames Readline completes.
 5378: It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames.
 5379: It is called with the address of a string (the current directory name) as an
 5380: argument, and may modify that string.
 5381: If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed.
 5382: Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash.
 5383: The modified value will be used as part of the completion, replacing
 5384: the directory portion of the pathname the user typed.
 5385: At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
 5386: remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
 5387: be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
 5388: </P><P>
 5389: 
 5390: The directory completion hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
 5391: the function modifies its directory argument.
 5392: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
 5393: </DL>
 5394: </P><P>
 5395: 
 5396: <A NAME="IDX399"></A>
 5397: <DL>
 5398: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</B>
 5399: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing
 5400: a directory name.  This function takes the address of the directory name
 5401: to be modified as an argument.  Unlike <CODE>rl_directory_completion_hook</CODE>,
 5402: it only modifies the directory name used in <CODE>opendir</CODE>, not what is
 5403: displayed when the possible completions are printed or inserted.  It is
 5404: called before rl_directory_completion_hook.
 5405: At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
 5406: remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
 5407: be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
 5408: </P><P>
 5409: 
 5410: The directory rewrite hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
 5411: the function modifies its directory argument.
 5412: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
 5413: </DL>
 5414: </P><P>
 5415: 
 5416: <A NAME="IDX400"></A>
 5417: <DL>
 5418: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_filename_stat_hook</B>
 5419: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function for the completer to
 5420: call before deciding which character to append to a completed name.
 5421: This function modifies its filename name argument, and the modified value
 5422: is passed to <CODE>stat()</CODE> to determine the file's type and characteristics.
 5423: This function does not need to remove quote characters from the filename.
 5424: </P><P>
 5425: 
 5426: The stat hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if
 5427: the function modifies its directory argument.
 5428: The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0.
 5429: </DL>
 5430: </P><P>
 5431: 
 5432: <A NAME="IDX401"></A>
 5433: <DL>
 5434: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_rewrite_hook</B>
 5435: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function called when reading
 5436: directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
 5437: them to the partial word to be completed.  The function should
 5438: perform any necessary application or system-specific conversion on
 5439: the filename, such as converting between character sets or converting
 5440: from a filesystem format to a character input format.
 5441: The function takes two arguments: <VAR>fname</VAR>, the filename to be converted,
 5442: and <VAR>fnlen</VAR>, its length in bytes.
 5443: It must either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place)
 5444: or the converted filename in newly-allocated memory.  The converted
 5445: form is used to compare against the word to be completed, and, if it
 5446: matches, is added to the list of matches.  Readline will free the
 5447: allocated string.
 5448: </DL>
 5449: </P><P>
 5450: 
 5451: <A NAME="IDX402"></A>
 5452: <DL>
 5453: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compdisp_func_t * <B>rl_completion_display_matches_hook</B>
 5454: <DD>If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
 5455: completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
 5456: This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list.
 5457: It takes three arguments:
 5458: (<CODE>char **</CODE><VAR>matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>num_matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>max_length</VAR>)
 5459: where <VAR>matches</VAR> is the array of matching strings,
 5460: <VAR>num_matches</VAR> is the number of strings in that array, and
 5461: <VAR>max_length</VAR> is the length of the longest string in that array.
 5462: Readline provides a convenience function, <CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE>,
 5463: that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream.
 5464: You may call that function from this hook.
 5465: </DL>
 5466: </P><P>
 5467: 
 5468: <A NAME="IDX403"></A>
 5469: <DL>
 5470: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_word_break_characters</B>
 5471: <DD>The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
 5472: completer routine.  The default value of this variable is the characters
 5473: which break words for completion in Bash:
 5474: <CODE>" \t\n\"\\'`@$>&#60;=;|&#38;{("</CODE>.
 5475: </DL>
 5476: </P><P>
 5477: 
 5478: <A NAME="IDX404"></A>
 5479: <DL>
 5480: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_quote_characters</B>
 5481: <DD>A list of quote characters which can cause a word break.
 5482: </DL>
 5483: </P><P>
 5484: 
 5485: <A NAME="IDX405"></A>
 5486: <DL>
 5487: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_word_break_characters</B>
 5488: <DD>The list of characters that signal a break between words for
 5489: <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>.  The default list is the value of
 5490: <CODE>rl_basic_word_break_characters</CODE>.
 5491: </DL>
 5492: </P><P>
 5493: 
 5494: <A NAME="IDX406"></A>
 5495: <DL>
 5496: <DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_cpvfunc_t * <B>rl_completion_word_break_hook</B>
 5497: <DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is
 5498: deciding where to separate words for word completion.  It should return
 5499: a character string like <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> to be
 5500: used to perform the current completion.  The function may choose to set
 5501: <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> itself.  If the function
 5502: returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> is used.
 5503: </DL>
 5504: </P><P>
 5505: 
 5506: <A NAME="IDX407"></A>
 5507: <DL>
 5508: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_quote_characters</B>
 5509: <DD>A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
 5510: Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
 5511: <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> are treated as any other character,
 5512: unless they also appear within this list.
 5513: </DL>
 5514: </P><P>
 5515: 
 5516: <A NAME="IDX408"></A>
 5517: <DL>
 5518: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_filename_quote_characters</B>
 5519: <DD>A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer
 5520: when they appear in a completed filename.  The default is the null string.
 5521: </DL>
 5522: </P><P>
 5523: 
 5524: <A NAME="IDX409"></A>
 5525: <DL>
 5526: <DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_special_prefixes</B>
 5527: <DD>The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be
 5528: left in <VAR>text</VAR> when it is passed to the completion function.
 5529: Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do.
 5530: For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@" so that it can complete
 5531: shell variables and hostnames.
 5532: </DL>
 5533: </P><P>
 5534: 
 5535: <A NAME="IDX410"></A>
 5536: <DL>
 5537: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_query_items</B>
 5538: <DD>Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
 5539: possible-completions call.  After that, readline asks the user if she is sure
 5540: she wants to see them all.  The default value is 100.  A negative value 
 5541: indicates that Readline should never ask the user.
 5542: </DL>
 5543: </P><P>
 5544: 
 5545: <A NAME="IDX411"></A>
 5546: <DL>
 5547: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_append_character</B>
 5548: <DD>When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command
 5549: line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text.  The
 5550: default is a space character (<SAMP>` '</SAMP>).  Setting this to the null
 5551: character (<SAMP>`\0'</SAMP>) prevents anything being appended automatically.
 5552: This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to
 5553: provide the "most sensible word separator character" according to
 5554: an application-specific command line syntax specification.
 5555: It is set to the default before any application-specific completion function
 5556: is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
 5557: </DL>
 5558: </P><P>
 5559: 
 5560: <A NAME="IDX412"></A>
 5561: <DL>
 5562: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_append</B>
 5563: <DD>If non-zero, <VAR>rl_completion_append_character</VAR> is not appended to
 5564: matches at the end of the command line, as described above.
 5565: It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
 5566: is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
 5567: </DL>
 5568: </P><P>
 5569: 
 5570: <A NAME="IDX413"></A>
 5571: <DL>
 5572: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_quote_character</B>
 5573: <DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the
 5574: characters in <VAR>rl_completer_quote_characters</VAR>, it sets this variable
 5575: to the quoting character found.
 5576: This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
 5577: </DL>
 5578: </P><P>
 5579: 
 5580: <A NAME="IDX414"></A>
 5581: <DL>
 5582: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_quote</B>
 5583: <DD>If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when
 5584: performing completion on a quoted string.
 5585: It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
 5586: is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
 5587: </DL>
 5588: </P><P>
 5589: 
 5590: <A NAME="IDX415"></A>
 5591: <DL>
 5592: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_found_quote</B>
 5593: <DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable
 5594: to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited
 5595: by any quoting characters, including backslashes.
 5596: This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
 5597: </DL>
 5598: </P><P>
 5599: 
 5600: <A NAME="IDX416"></A>
 5601: <DL>
 5602: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</B>
 5603: <DD>If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
 5604: symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
 5605: user-settable <VAR>mark-directories</VAR> variable.
 5606: This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions
 5607: can override the user's global preference (set via the
 5608: <VAR>mark-symlinked-directories</VAR> Readline variable) if appropriate.
 5609: This variable is set to the user's preference before any
 5610: application-specific completion function is called, so unless that
 5611: function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
 5612: </DL>
 5613: </P><P>
 5614: 
 5615: <A NAME="IDX417"></A>
 5616: <DL>
 5617: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</B>
 5618: <DD>If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed.
 5619: The default is 1.
 5620: </DL>
 5621: </P><P>
 5622: 
 5623: <A NAME="IDX418"></A>
 5624: <DL>
 5625: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_completion_desired</B>
 5626: <DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as
 5627: filenames.  This is <EM>always</EM> zero when completion is attempted,
 5628: and can only be changed
 5629: within an application-specific completion function.  If it is set to a
 5630: non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended
 5631: and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any
 5632: characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE> and
 5633: <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_desired</CODE> is set to a non-zero value.
 5634: </DL>
 5635: </P><P>
 5636: 
 5637: <A NAME="IDX419"></A>
 5638: <DL>
 5639: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_quoting_desired</B>
 5640: <DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
 5641: double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
 5642: completed filename contains any characters in
 5643: <CODE>rl_filename_quote_chars</CODE>.  This is <EM>always</EM> non-zero
 5644: when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an
 5645: application-specific completion function.
 5646: The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
 5647: by <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_function</CODE>.
 5648: </DL>
 5649: </P><P>
 5650: 
 5651: <A NAME="IDX420"></A>
 5652: <DL>
 5653: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_attempted_completion_over</B>
 5654: <DD>If an application-specific completion function assigned to
 5655: <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_function</CODE> sets this variable to a non-zero
 5656: value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even
 5657: if the application's completion function returns no matches.
 5658: It should be set only by an application's completion function.
 5659: </DL>
 5660: </P><P>
 5661: 
 5662: <A NAME="IDX421"></A>
 5663: <DL>
 5664: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_sort_completion_matches</B>
 5665: <DD>If an application sets this variable to 0, Readline will not sort the
 5666: list of completions (which implies that it cannot remove any duplicate
 5667: completions).  The default value is 1, which means that Readline will
 5668: sort the completions and, depending on the value of
 5669: <CODE>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</CODE>, will attempt to remove duplicate
 5670: matches.
 5671: </DL>
 5672: </P><P>
 5673: 
 5674: <A NAME="IDX422"></A>
 5675: <DL>
 5676: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_type</B>
 5677: <DD>Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently
 5678: attempting; see the description of <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
 5679: (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>) for the list of characters.
 5680: This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific
 5681: completion function is called, allowing such functions to present
 5682: the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
 5683: </DL>
 5684: </P><P>
 5685: 
 5686: <A NAME="IDX423"></A>
 5687: <DL>
 5688: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_invoking_key</B>
 5689: <DD>Set to the final character in the key sequence that invoked one of the
 5690: completion functions that call <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>.  This is
 5691: set to the appropriate value before any application-specific completion
 5692: function is called.
 5693: </DL>
 5694: </P><P>
 5695: 
 5696: <A NAME="IDX424"></A>
 5697: <DL>
 5698: <DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_inhibit_completion</B>
 5699: <DD>If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited.  The completion
 5700: character will be inserted as any other bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>.
 5701: </DL>
 5702: </P><P>
 5703: 
 5704: <A NAME="A Short Completion Example"></A>
 5705: <HR SIZE="6">
 5706: <A NAME="SEC49"></A>
 5707: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 5708: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 5709: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 5710: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 5711: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD>
 5712: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &gt;&gt; </A>]</TD>
 5713: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 5714: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 5715: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 5716: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 5717: </TR></TABLE>
 5718: <H3> 2.6.4 A Short Completion Example </H3>
 5719: <!--docid::SEC49::-->
 5720: <P>
 5721: 
 5722: Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline
 5723: library.  It is called <CODE>fileman</CODE>, and the source code resides in
 5724: <TT>`examples/fileman.c'</TT>.  This sample application provides
 5725: completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the
 5726: history list.
 5727: </P><P>
 5728: 
 5729: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
 5730:    GNU Readline library.  This application interactively allows users
 5731:    to manipulate files and their modes. */
 5732: 
 5733: #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 5734: #  include &#60;config.h&#62;
 5735: #endif
 5736: 
 5737: #include &#60;sys/types.h&#62;
 5738: #ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
 5739: #  include &#60;sys/file.h&#62;
 5740: #endif
 5741: #include &#60;sys/stat.h&#62;
 5742: 
 5743: #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 5744: #  include &#60;unistd.h&#62;
 5745: #endif
 5746: 
 5747: #include &#60;fcntl.h&#62;
 5748: #include &#60;stdio.h&#62;
 5749: #include &#60;errno.h&#62;
 5750: 
 5751: #if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
 5752: #  include &#60;string.h&#62;
 5753: #else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
 5754: #  include &#60;strings.h&#62;
 5755: #endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
 5756: 
 5757: #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
 5758: #  include &#60;stdlib.h&#62;
 5759: #endif
 5760: 
 5761: #include &#60;time.h&#62;
 5762: 
 5763: #include &#60;readline/readline.h&#62;
 5764: #include &#60;readline/history.h&#62;
 5765: 
 5766: extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
 5767: 
 5768: /* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
 5769: int com_list PARAMS((char *));
 5770: int com_view PARAMS((char *));
 5771: int com_rename PARAMS((char *));
 5772: int com_stat PARAMS((char *));
 5773: int com_pwd PARAMS((char *));
 5774: int com_delete PARAMS((char *));
 5775: int com_help PARAMS((char *));
 5776: int com_cd PARAMS((char *));
 5777: int com_quit PARAMS((char *));
 5778: 
 5779: /* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
 5780:    can understand. */
 5781: 
 5782: typedef struct {
 5783:   char *name;			/* User printable name of the function. */
 5784:   rl_icpfunc_t *func;		/* Function to call to do the job. */
 5785:   char *doc;			/* Documentation for this function.  */
 5786: } COMMAND;
 5787: 
 5788: COMMAND commands[] = {
 5789:   { "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" },
 5790:   { "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" },
 5791:   { "help", com_help, "Display this text" },
 5792:   { "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" },
 5793:   { "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" },
 5794:   { "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" },
 5795:   { "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" },
 5796:   { "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" },
 5797:   { "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" },
 5798:   { "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" },
 5799:   { "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" },
 5800:   { (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
 5801: };
 5802: 
 5803: /* Forward declarations. */
 5804: char *stripwhite ();
 5805: COMMAND *find_command ();
 5806: 
 5807: /* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
 5808: char *progname;
 5809: 
 5810: /* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */
 5811: int done;
 5812: 
 5813: char *
 5814: dupstr (s)
 5815:      char *s;
 5816: {
 5817:   char *r;
 5818: 
 5819:   r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
 5820:   strcpy (r, s);
 5821:   return (r);
 5822: }
 5823: 
 5824: main (argc, argv)
 5825:      int argc;
 5826:      char **argv;
 5827: {
 5828:   char *line, *s;
 5829: 
 5830:   progname = argv[0];
 5831: 
 5832:   initialize_readline ();	/* Bind our completer. */
 5833: 
 5834:   /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
 5835:   for ( ; done == 0; )
 5836:     {
 5837:       line = readline ("FileMan: ");
 5838: 
 5839:       if (!line)
 5840:         break;
 5841: 
 5842:       /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
 5843:          Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
 5844:          and execute it. */
 5845:       s = stripwhite (line);
 5846: 
 5847:       if (*s)
 5848:         {
 5849:           add_history (s);
 5850:           execute_line (s);
 5851:         }
 5852: 
 5853:       free (line);
 5854:     }
 5855:   exit (0);
 5856: }
 5857: 
 5858: /* Execute a command line. */
 5859: int
 5860: execute_line (line)
 5861:      char *line;
 5862: {
 5863:   register int i;
 5864:   COMMAND *command;
 5865:   char *word;
 5866: 
 5867:   /* Isolate the command word. */
 5868:   i = 0;
 5869:   while (line[i] &#38;&#38; whitespace (line[i]))
 5870:     i++;
 5871:   word = line + i;
 5872: 
 5873:   while (line[i] &#38;&#38; !whitespace (line[i]))
 5874:     i++;
 5875: 
 5876:   if (line[i])
 5877:     line[i++] = '\0';
 5878: 
 5879:   command = find_command (word);
 5880: 
 5881:   if (!command)
 5882:     {
 5883:       fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
 5884:       return (-1);
 5885:     }
 5886: 
 5887:   /* Get argument to command, if any. */
 5888:   while (whitespace (line[i]))
 5889:     i++;
 5890: 
 5891:   word = line + i;
 5892: 
 5893:   /* Call the function. */
 5894:   return ((*(command-&#62;func)) (word));
 5895: }
 5896: 
 5897: /* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
 5898:    command.  Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
 5899: COMMAND *
 5900: find_command (name)
 5901:      char *name;
 5902: {
 5903:   register int i;
 5904: 
 5905:   for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
 5906:     if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
 5907:       return (&#38;commands[i]);
 5908: 
 5909:   return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
 5910: }
 5911: 
 5912: /* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING.  Return a pointer
 5913:    into STRING. */
 5914: char *
 5915: stripwhite (string)
 5916:      char *string;
 5917: {
 5918:   register char *s, *t;
 5919: 
 5920:   for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
 5921:     ;
 5922:     
 5923:   if (*s == 0)
 5924:     return (s);
 5925: 
 5926:   t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
 5927:   while (t &#62; s &#38;&#38; whitespace (*t))
 5928:     t--;
 5929:   *++t = '\0';
 5930: 
 5931:   return s;
 5932: }
 5933: 
 5934: /* **************************************************************** */
 5935: /*                                                                  */
 5936: /*                  Interface to Readline Completion                */
 5937: /*                                                                  */
 5938: /* **************************************************************** */
 5939: 
 5940: char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int));
 5941: char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
 5942: 
 5943: /* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete.  We want to try to complete
 5944:    on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames
 5945:    if not. */
 5946: initialize_readline ()
 5947: {
 5948:   /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
 5949:   rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
 5950: 
 5951:   /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
 5952:   rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
 5953: }
 5954: 
 5955: /* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT.  START and END bound the
 5956:    region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete.  TEXT is
 5957:    the word to complete.  We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer
 5958:    in case we want to do some simple parsing.  Return the array of matches,
 5959:    or NULL if there aren't any. */
 5960: char **
 5961: fileman_completion (text, start, end)
 5962:      const char *text;
 5963:      int start, end;
 5964: {
 5965:   char **matches;
 5966: 
 5967:   matches = (char **)NULL;
 5968: 
 5969:   /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
 5970:      to complete.  Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
 5971:      directory. */
 5972:   if (start == 0)
 5973:     matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
 5974: 
 5975:   return (matches);
 5976: }
 5977: 
 5978: /* Generator function for command completion.  STATE lets us know whether
 5979:    to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we
 5980:    start at the top of the list. */
 5981: char *
 5982: command_generator (text, state)
 5983:      const char *text;
 5984:      int state;
 5985: {
 5986:   static int list_index, len;
 5987:   char *name;
 5988: 
 5989:   /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now.  This includes
 5990:      saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index
 5991:      variable to 0. */
 5992:   if (!state)
 5993:     {
 5994:       list_index = 0;
 5995:       len = strlen (text);
 5996:     }
 5997: 
 5998:   /* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */
 5999:   while (name = commands[list_index].name)
 6000:     {
 6001:       list_index++;
 6002: 
 6003:       if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
 6004:         return (dupstr(name));
 6005:     }
 6006: 
 6007:   /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
 6008:   return ((char *)NULL);
 6009: }
 6010: 
 6011: /* **************************************************************** */
 6012: /*                                                                  */
 6013: /*                       FileMan Commands                           */
 6014: /*                                                                  */
 6015: /* **************************************************************** */
 6016: 
 6017: /* String to pass to system ().  This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
 6018:    commands. */
 6019: static char syscom[1024];
 6020: 
 6021: /* List the file(s) named in arg. */
 6022: com_list (arg)
 6023:      char *arg;
 6024: {
 6025:   if (!arg)
 6026:     arg = "";
 6027: 
 6028:   sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
 6029:   return (system (syscom));
 6030: }
 6031: 
 6032: com_view (arg)
 6033:      char *arg;
 6034: {
 6035:   if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
 6036:     return 1;
 6037: 
 6038: #if defined (__MSDOS__)
 6039:   /* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */
 6040:   sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg);
 6041: #else
 6042:   sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
 6043: #endif
 6044:   return (system (syscom));
 6045: }
 6046: 
 6047: com_rename (arg)
 6048:      char *arg;
 6049: {
 6050:   too_dangerous ("rename");
 6051:   return (1);
 6052: }
 6053: 
 6054: com_stat (arg)
 6055:      char *arg;
 6056: {
 6057:   struct stat finfo;
 6058: 
 6059:   if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
 6060:     return (1);
 6061: 
 6062:   if (stat (arg, &#38;finfo) == -1)
 6063:     {
 6064:       perror (arg);
 6065:       return (1);
 6066:     }
 6067: 
 6068:   printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
 6069: 
 6070:   printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n",
 6071: 	  arg,
 6072:           finfo.st_nlink,
 6073:           (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
 6074:           finfo.st_size,
 6075:           (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
 6076:   printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_ctime));
 6077:   printf ("      Last access at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_atime));
 6078:   printf ("    Last modified at: %s", ctime (&#38;finfo.st_mtime));
 6079:   return (0);
 6080: }
 6081: 
 6082: com_delete (arg)
 6083:      char *arg;
 6084: {
 6085:   too_dangerous ("delete");
 6086:   return (1);
 6087: }
 6088: 
 6089: /* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
 6090:    not present. */
 6091: com_help (arg)
 6092:      char *arg;
 6093: {
 6094:   register int i;
 6095:   int printed = 0;
 6096: 
 6097:   for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
 6098:     {
 6099:       if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
 6100:         {
 6101:           printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
 6102:           printed++;
 6103:         }
 6104:     }
 6105: 
 6106:   if (!printed)
 6107:     {
 6108:       printf ("No commands match `%s'.  Possibilities are:\n", arg);
 6109: 
 6110:       for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
 6111:         {
 6112:           /* Print in six columns. */
 6113:           if (printed == 6)
 6114:             {
 6115:               printed = 0;
 6116:               printf ("\n");
 6117:             }
 6118: 
 6119:           printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
 6120:           printed++;
 6121:         }
 6122: 
 6123:       if (printed)
 6124:         printf ("\n");
 6125:     }
 6126:   return (0);
 6127: }
 6128: 
 6129: /* Change to the directory ARG. */
 6130: com_cd (arg)
 6131:      char *arg;
 6132: {
 6133:   if (chdir (arg) == -1)
 6134:     {
 6135:       perror (arg);
 6136:       return 1;
 6137:     }
 6138: 
 6139:   com_pwd ("");
 6140:   return (0);
 6141: }
 6142: 
 6143: /* Print out the current working directory. */
 6144: com_pwd (ignore)
 6145:      char *ignore;
 6146: {
 6147:   char dir[1024], *s;
 6148: 
 6149:   s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
 6150:   if (s == 0)
 6151:     {
 6152:       printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
 6153:       return 1;
 6154:     }
 6155: 
 6156:   printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
 6157:   return 0;
 6158: }
 6159: 
 6160: /* The user wishes to quit using this program.  Just set DONE non-zero. */
 6161: com_quit (arg)
 6162:      char *arg;
 6163: {
 6164:   done = 1;
 6165:   return (0);
 6166: }
 6167: 
 6168: /* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
 6169: too_dangerous (caller)
 6170:      char *caller;
 6171: {
 6172:   fprintf (stderr,
 6173:            "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute.  Write it yourself.\n",
 6174:            caller);
 6175: }
 6176: 
 6177: /* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print
 6178:    an error message and return zero. */
 6179: int
 6180: valid_argument (caller, arg)
 6181:      char *caller, *arg;
 6182: {
 6183:   if (!arg || !*arg)
 6184:     {
 6185:       fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
 6186:       return (0);
 6187:     }
 6188: 
 6189:   return (1);
 6190: }
 6191: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 6192: 
 6193: <A NAME="GNU Free Documentation License"></A>
 6194: <HR SIZE="6">
 6195: <A NAME="SEC50"></A>
 6196: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 6197: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 6198: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 6199: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> &lt;&lt; </A>]</TD>
 6200: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
 6201: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
 6202: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 6203: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 6204: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 6205: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 6206: </TR></TABLE>
 6207: <H1> A. GNU Free Documentation License </H1>
 6208: <!--docid::SEC50::-->
 6209: <P>
 6210: 
 6211: <center>
 6212:  Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
 6213: </center>
 6214: </P><P>
 6215: 
 6216: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=display><pre style="font-family: serif">Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 6217: <A HREF="http://fsf.org/">http://fsf.org/</A>
 6218: 
 6219: Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 6220: of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 6221: </pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 6222: 
 6223: <OL>
 6224: <LI>
 6225: PREAMBLE
 6226: <P>
 6227: 
 6228: The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
 6229: functional and useful document <EM>free</EM> in the sense of freedom: to
 6230: assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
 6231: with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
 6232: Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
 6233: to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
 6234: for modifications made by others.
 6235: </P><P>
 6236: 
 6237: This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
 6238: works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
 6239: complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
 6240: license designed for free software.
 6241: </P><P>
 6242: 
 6243: We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
 6244: software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
 6245: program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
 6246: software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
 6247: it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
 6248: whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
 6249: principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
 6250: </P><P>
 6251: 
 6252: <LI>
 6253: APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
 6254: <P>
 6255: 
 6256: This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
 6257: contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
 6258: distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
 6259: world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
 6260: work under the conditions stated herein.  The "Document", below,
 6261: refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
 6262: licensee, and is addressed as "you".  You accept the license if you
 6263: copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
 6264: under copyright law.
 6265: </P><P>
 6266: 
 6267: A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
 6268: Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
 6269: modifications and/or translated into another language.
 6270: </P><P>
 6271: 
 6272: A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
 6273: of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
 6274: publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
 6275: subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
 6276: directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
 6277: part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
 6278: any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
 6279: connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
 6280: commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
 6281: them.
 6282: </P><P>
 6283: 
 6284: The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
 6285: are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
 6286: that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
 6287: section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
 6288: allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
 6289: Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
 6290: Sections then there are none.
 6291: </P><P>
 6292: 
 6293: The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
 6294: as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
 6295: the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
 6296: be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
 6297: </P><P>
 6298: 
 6299: A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
 6300: represented in a format whose specification is available to the
 6301: general public, that is suitable for revising the document
 6302: straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
 6303: pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
 6304: drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
 6305: for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
 6306: to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
 6307: format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
 6308: or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
 6309: An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
 6310: of text.  A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
 6311: </P><P>
 6312: 
 6313: Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
 6314: ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
 6315: format, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> using a publicly available
 6316: <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT>, and standard-conforming simple <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
 6317: PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> designed for human modification.  Examples
 6318: of transparent image formats include <FONT SIZE="-1">PNG</FONT>, <FONT SIZE="-1">XCF</FONT> and
 6319: <FONT SIZE="-1">JPG</FONT>.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
 6320: read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or
 6321: <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> for which the <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT> and/or processing tools are
 6322: not generally available, and the machine-generated <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
 6323: PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> produced by some word processors for
 6324: output purposes only.
 6325: </P><P>
 6326: 
 6327: The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
 6328: plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
 6329: this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
 6330: formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
 6331: the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
 6332: preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
 6333: </P><P>
 6334: 
 6335: The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
 6336: of the Document to the public.
 6337: </P><P>
 6338: 
 6339: A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
 6340: title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
 6341: text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
 6342: specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
 6343: "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)  To "Preserve the Title"
 6344: of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
 6345: section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
 6346: </P><P>
 6347: 
 6348: The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
 6349: states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
 6350: Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
 6351: License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
 6352: implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
 6353: no effect on the meaning of this License.
 6354: </P><P>
 6355: 
 6356: <LI>
 6357: VERBATIM COPYING
 6358: <P>
 6359: 
 6360: You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
 6361: commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
 6362: copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
 6363: to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
 6364: conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
 6365: technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
 6366: copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
 6367: compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
 6368: number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
 6369: </P><P>
 6370: 
 6371: You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
 6372: you may publicly display copies.
 6373: </P><P>
 6374: 
 6375: <LI>
 6376: COPYING IN QUANTITY
 6377: <P>
 6378: 
 6379: If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
 6380: printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
 6381: Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
 6382: copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
 6383: Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
 6384: the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
 6385: you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
 6386: the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
 6387: visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
 6388: Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
 6389: the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
 6390: as verbatim copying in other respects.
 6391: </P><P>
 6392: 
 6393: If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
 6394: legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
 6395: reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
 6396: pages.
 6397: </P><P>
 6398: 
 6399: If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
 6400: more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
 6401: copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
 6402: a computer-network location from which the general network-using
 6403: public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
 6404: a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
 6405: If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
 6406: when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
 6407: that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
 6408: location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
 6409: Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
 6410: edition to the public.
 6411: </P><P>
 6412: 
 6413: It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
 6414: Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
 6415: them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
 6416: </P><P>
 6417: 
 6418: <LI>
 6419: MODIFICATIONS
 6420: <P>
 6421: 
 6422: You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
 6423: the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
 6424: the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
 6425: Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
 6426: and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
 6427: of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
 6428: </P><P>
 6429: 
 6430: <OL>
 6431: <LI>
 6432: Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
 6433: from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
 6434: (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
 6435: of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
 6436: if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
 6437: <P>
 6438: 
 6439: <LI>
 6440: List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
 6441: responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
 6442: Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
 6443: Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
 6444: unless they release you from this requirement.
 6445: <P>
 6446: 
 6447: <LI>
 6448: State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
 6449: Modified Version, as the publisher.
 6450: <P>
 6451: 
 6452: <LI>
 6453: Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
 6454: <P>
 6455: 
 6456: <LI>
 6457: Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
 6458: adjacent to the other copyright notices.
 6459: <P>
 6460: 
 6461: <LI>
 6462: Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
 6463: giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
 6464: terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
 6465: <P>
 6466: 
 6467: <LI>
 6468: Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
 6469: and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
 6470: <P>
 6471: 
 6472: <LI>
 6473: Include an unaltered copy of this License.
 6474: <P>
 6475: 
 6476: <LI>
 6477: Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
 6478: to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
 6479: publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
 6480: there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
 6481: stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
 6482: given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
 6483: Version as stated in the previous sentence.
 6484: <P>
 6485: 
 6486: <LI>
 6487: Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
 6488: public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
 6489: the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
 6490: it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
 6491: You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
 6492: least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
 6493: publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
 6494: <P>
 6495: 
 6496: <LI>
 6497: For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve
 6498: the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
 6499: substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
 6500: dedications given therein.
 6501: <P>
 6502: 
 6503: <LI>
 6504: Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
 6505: unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
 6506: or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
 6507: <P>
 6508: 
 6509: <LI>
 6510: Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
 6511: may not be included in the Modified Version.
 6512: <P>
 6513: 
 6514: <LI>
 6515: Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or
 6516: to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
 6517: <P>
 6518: 
 6519: <LI>
 6520: Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
 6521: </OL>
 6522: <P>
 6523: 
 6524: If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
 6525: appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
 6526: copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
 6527: of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
 6528: list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
 6529: These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
 6530: </P><P>
 6531: 
 6532: You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
 6533: nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
 6534: parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
 6535: been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
 6536: standard.
 6537: </P><P>
 6538: 
 6539: You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
 6540: passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
 6541: of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
 6542: Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
 6543: through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
 6544: includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
 6545: by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
 6546: you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
 6547: permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
 6548: </P><P>
 6549: 
 6550: The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
 6551: give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
 6552: imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
 6553: </P><P>
 6554: 
 6555: <LI>
 6556: COMBINING DOCUMENTS
 6557: <P>
 6558: 
 6559: You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
 6560: License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
 6561: versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
 6562: Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
 6563: list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
 6564: license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
 6565: </P><P>
 6566: 
 6567: The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
 6568: multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
 6569: copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
 6570: different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
 6571: adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
 6572: author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
 6573: Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
 6574: Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
 6575: </P><P>
 6576: 
 6577: In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
 6578: in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
 6579: "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
 6580: and any sections Entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all
 6581: sections Entitled "Endorsements."
 6582: </P><P>
 6583: 
 6584: <LI>
 6585: COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
 6586: <P>
 6587: 
 6588: You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
 6589: released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
 6590: License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
 6591: the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
 6592: verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
 6593: </P><P>
 6594: 
 6595: You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
 6596: it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
 6597: License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
 6598: other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
 6599: </P><P>
 6600: 
 6601: <LI>
 6602: AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
 6603: <P>
 6604: 
 6605: A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
 6606: and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
 6607: distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
 6608: resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
 6609: of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
 6610: When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
 6611: apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
 6612: derivative works of the Document.
 6613: </P><P>
 6614: 
 6615: If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
 6616: copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
 6617: the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
 6618: covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
 6619: electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
 6620: Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
 6621: aggregate.
 6622: </P><P>
 6623: 
 6624: <LI>
 6625: TRANSLATION
 6626: <P>
 6627: 
 6628: Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
 6629: distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
 6630: Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
 6631: permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
 6632: translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
 6633: original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
 6634: translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
 6635: Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
 6636: the original English version of this License and the original versions
 6637: of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
 6638: the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
 6639: or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
 6640: </P><P>
 6641: 
 6642: If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
 6643: "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
 6644: its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
 6645: title.
 6646: </P><P>
 6647: 
 6648: <LI>
 6649: TERMINATION
 6650: <P>
 6651: 
 6652: You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
 6653: except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
 6654: otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
 6655: will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
 6656: </P><P>
 6657: 
 6658: However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
 6659: from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
 6660: unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
 6661: terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
 6662: fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
 6663: 60 days after the cessation.
 6664: </P><P>
 6665: 
 6666: Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
 6667: reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
 6668: violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
 6669: received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
 6670: copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
 6671: your receipt of the notice.
 6672: </P><P>
 6673: 
 6674: Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
 6675: licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
 6676: this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
 6677: reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
 6678: not give you any rights to use it.
 6679: </P><P>
 6680: 
 6681: <LI>
 6682: FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
 6683: <P>
 6684: 
 6685: The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
 6686: of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
 6687: versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
 6688: differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
 6689: <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</A>.
 6690: </P><P>
 6691: 
 6692: Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
 6693: If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
 6694: License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
 6695: following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
 6696: of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
 6697: Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
 6698: number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
 6699: as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Document
 6700: specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
 6701: License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
 6702: version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
 6703: Document.
 6704: </P><P>
 6705: 
 6706: <LI>
 6707: RELICENSING
 6708: <P>
 6709: 
 6710: "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
 6711: World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
 6712: provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works.  A
 6713: public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.  A
 6714: "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
 6715: site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
 6716: site.
 6717: </P><P>
 6718: 
 6719: "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
 6720: license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
 6721: corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
 6722: California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
 6723: published by that same organization.
 6724: </P><P>
 6725: 
 6726: "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
 6727: in part, as part of another Document.
 6728: </P><P>
 6729: 
 6730: An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
 6731: License, and if all works that were first published under this License
 6732: somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
 6733: or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
 6734: and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
 6735: </P><P>
 6736: 
 6737: The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
 6738: under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
 6739: provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
 6740: </P><P>
 6741: 
 6742: </OL>
 6743: <P>
 6744: 
 6745: <A NAME="SEC51"></A>
 6746: <H2> ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents </H2>
 6747: <!--docid::SEC51::-->
 6748: <P>
 6749: 
 6750: To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
 6751: the License in the document and put the following copyright and
 6752: license notices just after the title page:
 6753: </P><P>
 6754: 
 6755: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>  Copyright (C)  <VAR>year</VAR>  <VAR>your name</VAR>.
 6756:   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
 6757:   under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
 6758:   or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
 6759:   with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
 6760:   Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
 6761:   Free Documentation License''.
 6762: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 6763: 
 6764: If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
 6765: replace the "with<small>...</small>Texts." line with this:
 6766: </P><P>
 6767: 
 6768: <TABLE><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>    with the Invariant Sections being <VAR>list their titles</VAR>, with
 6769:     the Front-Cover Texts being <VAR>list</VAR>, and with the Back-Cover Texts
 6770:     being <VAR>list</VAR>.
 6771: </FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
 6772: 
 6773: If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
 6774: combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
 6775: situation.
 6776: </P><P>
 6777: 
 6778: If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
 6779: recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
 6780: free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
 6781: to permit their use in free software.
 6782: </P><P>
 6783: 
 6784: <A NAME="Concept Index"></A>
 6785: <HR SIZE="6">
 6786: <A NAME="SEC52"></A>
 6787: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 6788: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 6789: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC53"> &gt; </A>]</TD>
 6790: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 6791: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
 6792: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
 6793: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 6794: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 6795: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 6796: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 6797: </TR></TABLE>
 6798: <H1> Concept Index </H1>
 6799: <!--docid::SEC52::-->
 6800: <table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
 6801:  &nbsp; 
 6802: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
 6803:  &nbsp; 
 6804: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
 6805:  &nbsp; 
 6806: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
 6807:  &nbsp; 
 6808: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
 6809:  &nbsp; 
 6810: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
 6811:  &nbsp; 
 6812: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
 6813:  &nbsp; 
 6814: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
 6815:  &nbsp; 
 6816: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
 6817:  &nbsp; 
 6818: </td></tr></table><br><P></P>
 6819: <TABLE border=0>
 6820: <TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
 6821: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6822: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6823: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">application-specific completion functions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD></TR>
 6824: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6825: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6826: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">command editing</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
 6827: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6828: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6829: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">editing command lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
 6830: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6831: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6832: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">initialization file, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD></TR>
 6833: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">interaction, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD></TR>
 6834: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6835: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6836: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX3">kill ring</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6837: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX1">killing text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6838: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6839: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6840: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">notation, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
 6841: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6842: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6843: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX220">readline, function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
 6844: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6845: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6846: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX4">variables, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6847: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6848: <TR><TH><A NAME="cp_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6849: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX2">yanking text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6850: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6851: </TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
 6852:  &nbsp; 
 6853: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
 6854:  &nbsp; 
 6855: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
 6856:  &nbsp; 
 6857: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
 6858:  &nbsp; 
 6859: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
 6860:  &nbsp; 
 6861: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
 6862:  &nbsp; 
 6863: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
 6864:  &nbsp; 
 6865: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
 6866:  &nbsp; 
 6867: <A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
 6868:  &nbsp; 
 6869: </td></tr></table><br><P>
 6870: 
 6871: <A NAME="Function and Variable Index"></A>
 6872: <HR SIZE="6">
 6873: <A NAME="SEC53"></A>
 6874: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 6875: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> &lt; </A>]</TD>
 6876: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt; ]</TD>
 6877: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &lt;&lt; ]</TD>
 6878: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
 6879: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ &gt;&gt; ]</TD>
 6880: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> &nbsp; <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 6881: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 6882: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 6883: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 6884: </TR></TABLE>
 6885: <H1> Function and Variable Index </H1>
 6886: <!--docid::SEC53::-->
 6887: <table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
 6888:  &nbsp; 
 6889: <BR>
 6890: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
 6891:  &nbsp; 
 6892: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
 6893:  &nbsp; 
 6894: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
 6895:  &nbsp; 
 6896: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
 6897:  &nbsp; 
 6898: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
 6899:  &nbsp; 
 6900: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
 6901:  &nbsp; 
 6902: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
 6903:  &nbsp; 
 6904: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
 6905:  &nbsp; 
 6906: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
 6907:  &nbsp; 
 6908: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
 6909:  &nbsp; 
 6910: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
 6911:  &nbsp; 
 6912: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
 6913:  &nbsp; 
 6914: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
 6915:  &nbsp; 
 6916: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
 6917:  &nbsp; 
 6918: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
 6919:  &nbsp; 
 6920: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
 6921:  &nbsp; 
 6922: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
 6923:  &nbsp; 
 6924: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
 6925:  &nbsp; 
 6926: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
 6927:  &nbsp; 
 6928: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
 6929:  &nbsp; 
 6930: </td></tr></table><br><P></P>
 6931: <TABLE border=0>
 6932: <TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
 6933: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6934: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn__"></A>_</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6935: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX346"><CODE>_rl_digit_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6936: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX349"><CODE>_rl_digit_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6937: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX345"><CODE>_rl_lowercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6938: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX348"><CODE>_rl_to_lower</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6939: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX347"><CODE>_rl_to_upper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6940: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX344"><CODE>_rl_uppercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 6941: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6942: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6943: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX185"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6944: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX186"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6945: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX67"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6946: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX68"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6947: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6948: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_B"></A>B</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6949: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX51"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6950: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX52"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6951: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX103"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6952: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX104"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6953: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX129"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6954: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX130"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6955: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX137"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6956: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX138"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6957: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX55"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6958: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX56"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6959: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX73"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#38;#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6960: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX74"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#38;#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 6961: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX45"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6962: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX46"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6963: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX5">bell-style</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6964: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX6">bind-tty-special-chars</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6965: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX7">blink-matching-paren</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6966: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX113"><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6967: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX114"><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6968: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 6969: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 6970: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX179"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6971: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX180"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 6972: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX123"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6973: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX124"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 6974: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX201"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6975: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX202"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6976: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX203"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6977: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX204"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 6978: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX61"><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6979: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX62"><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6980: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX63"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6981: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX64"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 6982: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX8">colored-completion-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6983: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX9">colored-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6984: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX10">comment-begin</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6985: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX163"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6986: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX164"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 6987: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX11">completion-display-width</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6988: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX12">completion-ignore-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6989: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX13">completion-map-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6990: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX14">completion-prefix-display-length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6991: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX15">completion-query-items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6992: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX16">convert-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 6993: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX151"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6994: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX152"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6995: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX153"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6996: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX154"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6997: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX149"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6998: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX150"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 6999: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7000: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_D"></A>D</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7001: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX101"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7002: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX102"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7003: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX173"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7004: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX174"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7005: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX145"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7006: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX146"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7007: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX159"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62; <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
 7008: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX160"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62; <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
 7009: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX17">disable-completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7010: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX187"><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7011: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX188"><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7012: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX121"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7013: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX122"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7014: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX209"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7015: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX210"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7016: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX213"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7017: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX214"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7018: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX211"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7019: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX212"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7020: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7021: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7022: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX18">echo-control-characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7023: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX19">editing-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7024: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX215"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7025: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX216"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7026: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX20">emacs-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7027: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX21">enable-bracketed-paste</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7028: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX22">enable-keypad</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7029: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX177"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 7030: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX178"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 7031: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX99"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7032: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX100"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7033: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX75"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#38;#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7034: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX76"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#38;#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7035: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX47"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7036: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX48"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7037: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX199"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7038: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX200"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7039: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX23">expand-tilde</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7040: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7041: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_F"></A>F</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7042: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX105"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7043: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX106"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7044: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX49"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7045: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX50"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7046: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX79"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7047: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX80"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7048: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX53"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7049: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX54"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7050: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7051: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_H"></A>H</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7052: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX24">history-preserve-point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7053: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX87"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7054: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX88"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7055: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX85"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7056: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX86"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7057: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX25">history-size</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7058: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX91"><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7059: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX92"><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7060: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX89"><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7061: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX90"><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7062: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX26">horizontal-scroll-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7063: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7064: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7065: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX27">input-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7066: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX207"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7067: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX208"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7068: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX167"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7069: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX168"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7070: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX29">isearch-terminators</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7071: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7072: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7073: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX30">keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7074: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX127"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7075: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX128"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7076: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX147"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7077: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX148"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7078: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX133"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7079: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX134"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7080: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX135"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7081: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX136"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7082: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7083: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_M"></A>M</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7084: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX31">mark-modified-lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7085: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX32">mark-symlinked-directories</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7086: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX33">match-hidden-files</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7087: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX169"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7088: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX170"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7089: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX171"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7090: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX172"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7091: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX34">menu-complete-display-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7092: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX28">meta-flag</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7093: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7094: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7095: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX71"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7096: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX72"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7097: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX59"><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7098: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX60"><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7099: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX83"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7100: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX84"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7101: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX81"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7102: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX82"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7103: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7104: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_O"></A>O</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7105: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX97"><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7106: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX98"><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7107: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX35">output-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7108: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX125"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7109: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX126"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7110: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7111: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_P"></A>P</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7112: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX36">page-completions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7113: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX165"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7114: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX166"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
 7115: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX189"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7116: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX190"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7117: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX69"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7118: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX70"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7119: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX57"><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7120: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX58"><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7121: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX181"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 7122: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX182"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 7123: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7124: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Q"></A>Q</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7125: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX107"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7126: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX108"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7127: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7128: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7129: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX183"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7130: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX184"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7131: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX219"><CODE>readline</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
 7132: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX65"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7133: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX66"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
 7134: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX77"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7135: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX78"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7136: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX37">revert-all-at-newline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7137: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX193"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7138: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX194"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7139: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX358"><CODE>rl_activate_mark</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7140: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX261"><CODE>rl_add_defun</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD></TR>
 7141: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX297"><CODE>rl_add_funmap_entry</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7142: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX300"><CODE>rl_add_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 7143: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX342"><CODE>rl_alphabetic</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7144: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX232">rl_already_prompted</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7145: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX393">rl_attempted_completion_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7146: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX420">rl_attempted_completion_over</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7147: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX404">rl_basic_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7148: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX403">rl_basic_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7149: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX298"><CODE>rl_begin_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 7150: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX273"><CODE>rl_bind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7151: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX275"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7152: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX276"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7153: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX274"><CODE>rl_bind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7154: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX281"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7155: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX284"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7156: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX285"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7157: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX282"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7158: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX252">rl_binding_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7159: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX362"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
 7160: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX365"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_remove</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
 7161: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX363"><CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
 7162: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX364"><CODE>rl_callback_sigcleanup</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
 7163: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX366">rl_catch_signals</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7164: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX367">rl_catch_sigwinch</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7165: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX369">rl_change_environment</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7166: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX396">rl_char_is_quoted_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7167: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX374"><CODE>rl_check_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7168: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX371"><CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7169: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX357"><CODE>rl_clear_history</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7170: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX313"><CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7171: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX327"><CODE>rl_clear_pending_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 7172: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX381"><CODE>rl_clear_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7173: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX308"><CODE>rl_clear_visible_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7174: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX382"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
 7175: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX385"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7176: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX384"><CODE>rl_complete_internal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7177: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX407">rl_completer_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7178: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX405">rl_completer_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7179: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX411">rl_completion_append_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7180: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX402">rl_completion_display_matches_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7181: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX383">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
 7182: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX392">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7183: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX415">rl_completion_found_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7184: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX423">rl_completion_invoking_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7185: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX416">rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7186: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX389"><CODE>rl_completion_matches</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7187: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX388"><CODE>rl_completion_mode</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7188: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX410">rl_completion_query_items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7189: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX413">rl_completion_quote_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7190: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX412">rl_completion_suppress_append</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7191: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX414">rl_completion_suppress_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7192: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX422">rl_completion_type</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7193: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX406">rl_completion_word_break_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7194: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX263"><CODE>rl_copy_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7195: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX320"><CODE>rl_copy_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 7196: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX310"><CODE>rl_crlf</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7197: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX359"><CODE>rl_deactivate_mark</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7198: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX319"><CODE>rl_delete_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 7199: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX250">rl_deprep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7200: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX330"><CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 7201: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX341"><CODE>rl_ding</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7202: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX398">rl_directory_completion_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7203: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX399">rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7204: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX265"><CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7205: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX228">rl_dispatching</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7206: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX343"><CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7207: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX231">rl_display_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7208: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX302"><CODE>rl_do_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 7209: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX225">rl_done</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7210: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX375"><CODE>rl_echo_signal_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7211: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX260">rl_editing_mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7212: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX267"><CODE>rl_empty_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7213: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX223">rl_end</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7214: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX299"><CODE>rl_end_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 7215: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX229">rl_erase_empty_line</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7216: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX244">rl_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7217: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX326"><CODE>rl_execute_next</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 7218: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX254">rl_executing_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7219: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX251">rl_executing_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7220: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX255">rl_executing_keyseq</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7221: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX253">rl_executing_macro</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7222: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX316"><CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7223: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX258">rl_explicit_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7224: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX339"><CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7225: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX418">rl_filename_completion_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7226: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX390"><CODE>rl_filename_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7227: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX395">rl_filename_dequoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7228: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX408">rl_filename_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7229: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX419">rl_filename_quoting_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7230: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX394">rl_filename_quoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7231: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX401">rl_filename_rewrite_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7232: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX400">rl_filename_stat_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7233: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX305"><CODE>rl_forced_update_display</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7234: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX337"><CODE>rl_free</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7235: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX266"><CODE>rl_free_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7236: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX372"><CODE>rl_free_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7237: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX301"><CODE>rl_free_undo_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 7238: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX294"><CODE>rl_function_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7239: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX290"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7240: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX291"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq_len</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7241: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX296"><CODE>rl_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7242: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX286"><CODE>rl_generic_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7243: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX268"><CODE>rl_get_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7244: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX270"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_by_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7245: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX271"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7246: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX378"><CODE>rl_get_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7247: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX356"><CODE>rl_get_termcap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7248: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX324"><CODE>rl_getc</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 7249: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX245">rl_getc_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7250: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX235">rl_gnu_readline_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7251: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX417">rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7252: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX397">rl_ignore_some_completions_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7253: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX424">rl_inhibit_completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7254: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX340"><CODE>rl_initialize</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7255: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX247">rl_input_available_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7256: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX387"><CODE>rl_insert_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7257: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX318"><CODE>rl_insert_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 7258: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX238">rl_instream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7259: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX292"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7260: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX293"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7261: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX360"><CODE>rl_keep_mark_active</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7262: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX256">rl_key_sequence_length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7263: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX321"><CODE>rl_kill_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 7264: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX241">rl_last_func</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7265: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX233">rl_library_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7266: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX221">rl_line_buffer</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7267: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX295"><CODE>rl_list_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7268: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX350"><CODE>rl_macro_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7269: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX351"><CODE>rl_macro_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7270: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX262"><CODE>rl_make_bare_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7271: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX264"><CODE>rl_make_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7272: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX224">rl_mark</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7273: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX361"><CODE>rl_mark_active_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7274: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX312"><CODE>rl_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7275: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX303"><CODE>rl_modifying</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
 7276: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX289"><CODE>rl_named_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
 7277: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX226">rl_num_chars_to_read</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7278: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX259">rl_numeric_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7279: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX306"><CODE>rl_on_new_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7280: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX307"><CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7281: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX239">rl_outstream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7282: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX287"><CODE>rl_parse_and_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7283: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX227">rl_pending_input</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7284: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX370"><CODE>rl_pending_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7285: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX368">rl_persistent_signal_handlers</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7286: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX222">rl_point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7287: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX386"><CODE>rl_possible_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7288: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX243">rl_pre_input_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7289: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX240">rl_prefer_env_winsize</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7290: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX249">rl_prep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7291: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX329"><CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 7292: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX230">rl_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7293: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX322"><CODE>rl_push_macro_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
 7294: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX288"><CODE>rl_read_init_file</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7295: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX323"><CODE>rl_read_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 7296: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX237">rl_readline_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7297: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX257">rl_readline_state</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7298: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX234">rl_readline_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7299: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX304"><CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7300: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX248">rl_redisplay_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7301: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX338"><CODE>rl_replace_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7302: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX373"><CODE>rl_reset_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7303: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX309"><CODE>rl_reset_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7304: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX379"><CODE>rl_reset_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7305: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX334"><CODE>rl_reset_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 7306: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX376"><CODE>rl_resize_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7307: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX315"><CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7308: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX336"><CODE>rl_restore_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7309: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX314"><CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7310: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX335"><CODE>rl_save_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7311: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX283"><CODE>rl_set_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7312: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX328"><CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 7313: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX269"><CODE>rl_set_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7314: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX272"><CODE>rl_set_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
 7315: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX355"><CODE>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7316: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX317"><CODE>rl_set_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7317: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX377"><CODE>rl_set_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7318: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX380"><CODE>rl_set_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
 7319: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX311"><CODE>rl_show_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
 7320: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX246">rl_signal_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7321: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX421">rl_sort_completion_matches</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7322: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX409">rl_special_prefixes</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7323: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX242">rl_startup_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7324: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX325"><CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
 7325: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX236">rl_terminal_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
 7326: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX331"><CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 7327: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX333"><CODE>rl_tty_set_echoing</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 7328: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX332"><CODE>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
 7329: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX280"><CODE>rl_unbind_command_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7330: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX279"><CODE>rl_unbind_function_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7331: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX277"><CODE>rl_unbind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7332: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX278"><CODE>rl_unbind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
 7333: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX391"><CODE>rl_username_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7334: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX352"><CODE>rl_variable_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7335: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX354"><CODE>rl_variable_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7336: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX353"><CODE>rl_variable_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
 7337: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7338: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_S"></A>S</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7339: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX111"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7340: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX112"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, &#60;small&#62;...&#60;/small&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7341: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX197"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7342: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX198"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7343: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX139"><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7344: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX140"><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7345: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX38">show-all-if-ambiguous</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7346: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX39">show-all-if-unmodified</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7347: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX40">show-mode-in-prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7348: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX41">skip-completed-text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7349: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX205"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7350: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX206"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7351: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX175"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 7352: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX176"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
 7353: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7354: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_T"></A>T</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7355: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX109"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7356: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX110"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7357: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX195"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7358: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX196"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7359: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX115"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7360: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX116"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7361: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX117"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7362: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX118"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7363: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7364: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_U"></A>U</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7365: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX191"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7366: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX192"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7367: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX161"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
 7368: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX162"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
 7369: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX143"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7370: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX144"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7371: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX131"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7372: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX132"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7373: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX141"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7374: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX142"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7375: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX119"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7376: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX120"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
 7377: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7378: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7379: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX42">vi-cmd-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7380: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX217"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7381: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX218"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
 7382: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX43">vi-ins-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7383: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX44">visible-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
 7384: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7385: <TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
 7386: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX155"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7387: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX156"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7388: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX95"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7389: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX96"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7390: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX93"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7391: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX94"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
 7392: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX157"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7393: <TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX158"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
 7394: <TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
 7395: </TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
 7396:  &nbsp; 
 7397: <BR>
 7398: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
 7399:  &nbsp; 
 7400: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
 7401:  &nbsp; 
 7402: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
 7403:  &nbsp; 
 7404: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
 7405:  &nbsp; 
 7406: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
 7407:  &nbsp; 
 7408: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
 7409:  &nbsp; 
 7410: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
 7411:  &nbsp; 
 7412: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
 7413:  &nbsp; 
 7414: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
 7415:  &nbsp; 
 7416: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
 7417:  &nbsp; 
 7418: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
 7419:  &nbsp; 
 7420: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
 7421:  &nbsp; 
 7422: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
 7423:  &nbsp; 
 7424: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
 7425:  &nbsp; 
 7426: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
 7427:  &nbsp; 
 7428: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
 7429:  &nbsp; 
 7430: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
 7431:  &nbsp; 
 7432: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
 7433:  &nbsp; 
 7434: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
 7435:  &nbsp; 
 7436: <A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
 7437:  &nbsp; 
 7438: </td></tr></table><br><P>
 7439: 
 7440: <HR SIZE="6">
 7441: <A NAME="SEC_Contents"></A>
 7442: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 7443: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 7444: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 7445: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 7446: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 7447: </TR></TABLE>
 7448: <H1>Table of Contents</H1>
 7449: <UL>
 7450: <A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
 7451: <BR>
 7452: <UL>
 7453: <A NAME="TOC2" HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A>
 7454: <BR>
 7455: <A NAME="TOC3" HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A>
 7456: <BR>
 7457: <UL>
 7458: <A NAME="TOC4" HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A>
 7459: <BR>
 7460: <A NAME="TOC5" HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A>
 7461: <BR>
 7462: <A NAME="TOC6" HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A>
 7463: <BR>
 7464: <A NAME="TOC7" HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A>
 7465: <BR>
 7466: <A NAME="TOC8" HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>
 7467: <BR>
 7468: </UL>
 7469: <A NAME="TOC9" HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>
 7470: <BR>
 7471: <UL>
 7472: <A NAME="TOC10" HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>
 7473: <BR>
 7474: <A NAME="TOC11" HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>
 7475: <BR>
 7476: <A NAME="TOC12" HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A>
 7477: <BR>
 7478: </UL>
 7479: <A NAME="TOC13" HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A>
 7480: <BR>
 7481: <UL>
 7482: <A NAME="TOC14" HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A>
 7483: <BR>
 7484: <A NAME="TOC15" HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A>
 7485: <BR>
 7486: <A NAME="TOC16" HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A>
 7487: <BR>
 7488: <A NAME="TOC17" HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A>
 7489: <BR>
 7490: <A NAME="TOC18" HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A>
 7491: <BR>
 7492: <A NAME="TOC19" HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A>
 7493: <BR>
 7494: <A NAME="TOC20" HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A>
 7495: <BR>
 7496: <A NAME="TOC21" HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A>
 7497: <BR>
 7498: </UL>
 7499: <A NAME="TOC22" HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A>
 7500: <BR>
 7501: </UL>
 7502: <A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
 7503: <BR>
 7504: <UL>
 7505: <A NAME="TOC24" HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A>
 7506: <BR>
 7507: <A NAME="TOC25" HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A>
 7508: <BR>
 7509: <UL>
 7510: <A NAME="TOC26" HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A>
 7511: <BR>
 7512: <A NAME="TOC27" HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A>
 7513: <BR>
 7514: </UL>
 7515: <A NAME="TOC28" HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>
 7516: <BR>
 7517: <A NAME="TOC29" HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A>
 7518: <BR>
 7519: <UL>
 7520: <A NAME="TOC30" HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A>
 7521: <BR>
 7522: <A NAME="TOC31" HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>
 7523: <BR>
 7524: <A NAME="TOC32" HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A>
 7525: <BR>
 7526: <A NAME="TOC33" HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A>
 7527: <BR>
 7528: <A NAME="TOC34" HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>
 7529: <BR>
 7530: <A NAME="TOC35" HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>
 7531: <BR>
 7532: <A NAME="TOC36" HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A>
 7533: <BR>
 7534: <A NAME="TOC37" HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>
 7535: <BR>
 7536: <A NAME="TOC38" HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>
 7537: <BR>
 7538: <A NAME="TOC39" HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A>
 7539: <BR>
 7540: <A NAME="TOC40" HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A>
 7541: <BR>
 7542: <A NAME="TOC41" HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>
 7543: <BR>
 7544: <A NAME="TOC42" HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A>
 7545: <BR>
 7546: <A NAME="TOC43" HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A>
 7547: <BR>
 7548: </UL>
 7549: <A NAME="TOC44" HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A>
 7550: <BR>
 7551: <A NAME="TOC45" HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>
 7552: <BR>
 7553: <UL>
 7554: <A NAME="TOC46" HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A>
 7555: <BR>
 7556: <A NAME="TOC47" HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>
 7557: <BR>
 7558: <A NAME="TOC48" HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A>
 7559: <BR>
 7560: <A NAME="TOC49" HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A>
 7561: <BR>
 7562: </UL>
 7563: </UL>
 7564: <A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
 7565: <BR>
 7566: <A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A>
 7567: <BR>
 7568: <A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A>
 7569: <BR>
 7570: </UL>
 7571: <HR SIZE=1>
 7572: <A NAME="SEC_OVERVIEW"></A>
 7573: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 7574: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 7575: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 7576: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 7577: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 7578: </TR></TABLE>
 7579: <H1>Short Table of Contents</H1>
 7580: <BLOCKQUOTE>
 7581: <A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
 7582: <BR>
 7583: <A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
 7584: <BR>
 7585: <A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
 7586: <BR>
 7587: <A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A>
 7588: <BR>
 7589: <A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A>
 7590: <BR>
 7591: 
 7592: </BLOCKQUOTE>
 7593: <HR SIZE=1>
 7594: <A NAME="SEC_About"></A>
 7595: <TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
 7596: <TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
 7597: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
 7598: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD>
 7599: <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
 7600: </TR></TABLE>
 7601: <H1>About this document</H1>
 7602: This document was generated by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>October, 30  2020</I>
 7603: using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
 7604: "><I>texi2html</I></A>
 7605: <P></P>  
 7606: The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
 7607: <P></P>
 7608: <table border = "1">
 7609: <TR>
 7610: <TH> Button </TH>
 7611: <TH> Name </TH>
 7612: <TH> Go to </TH>
 7613: <TH> From 1.2.3 go to</TH>
 7614: </TR>
 7615: <TR>
 7616: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7617:  [ &lt; ] </TD>
 7618: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7619: Back
 7620: </TD>
 7621: <TD>
 7622: previous section in reading order
 7623: </TD>
 7624: <TD>
 7625: 1.2.2
 7626: </TD>
 7627: </TR>
 7628: <TR>
 7629: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7630:  [ &gt; ] </TD>
 7631: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7632: Forward
 7633: </TD>
 7634: <TD>
 7635: next section in reading order
 7636: </TD>
 7637: <TD>
 7638: 1.2.4
 7639: </TD>
 7640: </TR>
 7641: <TR>
 7642: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7643:  [ &lt;&lt; ] </TD>
 7644: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7645: FastBack
 7646: </TD>
 7647: <TD>
 7648: previous or up-and-previous section 
 7649: </TD>
 7650: <TD>
 7651: 1.1
 7652: </TD>
 7653: </TR>
 7654: <TR>
 7655: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7656:  [ Up ] </TD>
 7657: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7658: Up
 7659: </TD>
 7660: <TD>
 7661: up section
 7662: </TD>
 7663: <TD>
 7664: 1.2
 7665: </TD>
 7666: </TR>
 7667: <TR>
 7668: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7669:  [ &gt;&gt; ] </TD>
 7670: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7671: FastForward
 7672: </TD>
 7673: <TD>
 7674: next or up-and-next section
 7675: </TD>
 7676: <TD>
 7677: 1.3
 7678: </TD>
 7679: </TR>
 7680: <TR>
 7681: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7682:  [Top] </TD>
 7683: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7684: Top
 7685: </TD>
 7686: <TD>
 7687: cover (top) of document
 7688: </TD>
 7689: <TD>
 7690:  &nbsp; 
 7691: </TD>
 7692: </TR>
 7693: <TR>
 7694: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7695:  [Contents] </TD>
 7696: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7697: Contents
 7698: </TD>
 7699: <TD>
 7700: table of contents
 7701: </TD>
 7702: <TD>
 7703:  &nbsp; 
 7704: </TD>
 7705: </TR>
 7706: <TR>
 7707: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7708:  [Index] </TD>
 7709: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7710: Index
 7711: </TD>
 7712: <TD>
 7713: concept index
 7714: </TD>
 7715: <TD>
 7716:  &nbsp; 
 7717: </TD>
 7718: </TR>
 7719: <TR>
 7720: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7721:  [ ? ] </TD>
 7722: <TD ALIGN="CENTER">
 7723: About
 7724: </TD>
 7725: <TD>
 7726: this page
 7727: </TD>
 7728: <TD>
 7729:  &nbsp; 
 7730: </TD>
 7731: </TR>
 7732: </TABLE>
 7733: <P></P>
 7734: where the <STRONG> Example </STRONG> assumes that the current position 
 7735: is at <STRONG> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </STRONG> of a document of 
 7736: the following structure:
 7737: <UL>
 7738: <LI> 1. Section One  </LI>
 7739: <UL>
 7740: <LI>1.1 Subsection One-One</LI>
 7741: <UL>
 7742: <LI> ... </LI>
 7743: </UL>
 7744: <LI>1.2 Subsection One-Two</LI>
 7745: <UL>
 7746: <LI>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One
 7747: </LI><LI>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two
 7748: </LI><LI>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp; <STRONG>
 7749: &lt;== Current Position </STRONG>
 7750: </LI><LI>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four
 7751: </LI></UL>
 7752: <LI>1.3 Subsection One-Three</LI>
 7753: <UL>
 7754: <LI> ... </LI>
 7755: </UL>
 7756: <LI>1.4 Subsection One-Four</LI>
 7757: </UL>
 7758: </UL>
 7759: 
 7760: <HR SIZE=1>
 7761: <BR>  
 7762: <FONT SIZE="-1">
 7763: This document was generated
 7764: by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>October, 30  2020</I>
 7765: using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
 7766: "><I>texi2html</I></A>
 7767: 
 7768: </BODY>
 7769: </HTML>

FreeBSD-CVSweb <freebsd-cvsweb@FreeBSD.org>